1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 105 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 106 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 107 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 108 * restrictions. 109 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 111 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 112 * not permitted using this channel 113 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 114 * not permitted using this channel 115 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 116 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 117 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 118 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 119 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 121 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 122 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Prevents the channel for use as an S1G 123 * primary channel. Does not prevent the wider operating channel 124 * described by the chandef from being used. In order for a 2MHz primary 125 * to be used, both 1MHz subchannels shall not contain this flag. 126 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 127 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 129 */ 130 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 145 /* can use free bits here */ 146 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY = BIT(27), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ = BIT(28), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ = BIT(29), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ = BIT(30), 158 }; 159 160 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 161 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 162 163 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 164 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 165 166 /** 167 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 168 * 169 * This structure describes a single channel for use 170 * with cfg80211. 171 * 172 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 173 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 174 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 175 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 176 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 177 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 178 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 179 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 180 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 181 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 182 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 183 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 184 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 185 * @orig_mag: internal use 186 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 187 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 188 * on this channel. 189 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 190 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 191 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 192 */ 193 struct ieee80211_channel { 194 enum nl80211_band band; 195 u32 center_freq; 196 u16 freq_offset; 197 u16 hw_value; 198 u32 flags; 199 int max_antenna_gain; 200 int max_power; 201 int max_reg_power; 202 bool beacon_found; 203 u32 orig_flags; 204 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 205 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 206 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 207 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 208 s8 psd; 209 }; 210 211 /** 212 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 213 * 214 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 215 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 216 * different bands/PHY modes. 217 * 218 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 219 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 220 * with CCK rates. 221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 222 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 223 * core code when registering the wiphy. 224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 225 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 226 * core code when registering the wiphy. 227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 228 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 229 * core code when registering the wiphy. 230 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 231 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 232 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 235 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 236 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 237 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 238 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 239 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 240 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 242 }; 243 244 /** 245 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 246 * 247 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 248 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 249 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 250 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 251 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 252 */ 253 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 254 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 255 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 256 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 257 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 258 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 259 }; 260 261 /** 262 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 263 * 264 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 265 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 266 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 267 */ 268 enum ieee80211_privacy { 269 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 270 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 271 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 272 }; 273 274 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 275 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 276 277 /** 278 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 279 * 280 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 281 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 282 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 283 * passed around. 284 * 285 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 286 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 287 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 288 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 289 * short preamble is used 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_rate { 292 u32 flags; 293 u16 bitrate; 294 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 295 }; 296 297 /** 298 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 299 * 300 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 301 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 302 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 303 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 304 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 305 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 306 * members of the SRG 307 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 308 * used by members of the SRG 309 */ 310 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 311 bool enable; 312 u8 sr_ctrl; 313 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 314 u8 min_offset; 315 u8 max_offset; 316 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 317 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 318 }; 319 320 /** 321 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 322 * 323 * @color: the current color. 324 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 325 * @partial: define the AID equation. 326 */ 327 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 328 u8 color; 329 bool enabled; 330 bool partial; 331 }; 332 333 /** 334 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 335 * 336 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 337 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 338 * 339 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 340 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 341 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 342 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 343 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 344 */ 345 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 346 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 347 bool ht_supported; 348 u8 ampdu_factor; 349 u8 ampdu_density; 350 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 351 }; 352 353 /** 354 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 355 * 356 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 357 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 358 * 359 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 360 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 361 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 364 bool vht_supported; 365 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 366 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 367 }; 368 369 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 370 371 /** 372 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 373 * 374 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 375 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 376 * 377 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 378 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 379 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 380 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 383 bool has_he; 384 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 385 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 386 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 387 }; 388 389 /** 390 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 391 * 392 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 393 * and NSS Set field" 394 * 395 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 396 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 397 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 398 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 399 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 400 */ 401 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 402 union { 403 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 404 struct { 405 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 407 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 408 } __packed bw; 409 } __packed; 410 } __packed; 411 412 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 413 414 /** 415 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 416 * 417 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 418 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 419 * 420 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 421 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 422 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 423 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 424 */ 425 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 426 bool has_eht; 427 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 428 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 429 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 430 }; 431 432 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 433 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 434 /* 435 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 436 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 437 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 438 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 439 */ 440 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 441 #else 442 # define __iftd 443 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 444 445 /** 446 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 447 * 448 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 449 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 450 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 451 * 452 * @types_mask: interface types mask 453 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 454 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 455 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 456 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 457 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 458 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 459 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 460 */ 461 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 462 u16 types_mask; 463 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 464 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 465 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 466 struct { 467 const u8 *data; 468 unsigned int len; 469 } vendor_elems; 470 }; 471 472 /** 473 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 474 * 475 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 476 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 477 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 480 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 482 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 483 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 484 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 485 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 486 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 487 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 488 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 489 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 490 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 491 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 492 */ 493 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 494 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 495 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 496 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 503 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 504 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 505 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 506 }; 507 508 /** 509 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 510 * 511 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 512 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 513 * 514 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 515 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 516 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 517 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 518 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 519 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 520 */ 521 struct ieee80211_edmg { 522 u8 channels; 523 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 524 }; 525 526 /** 527 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 528 * 529 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 530 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 531 * 532 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 533 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 534 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 535 */ 536 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 537 bool s1g; 538 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 539 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 540 }; 541 542 /** 543 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 544 * 545 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 546 * is able to operate in. 547 * 548 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 549 * in this band. 550 * @band: the band this structure represents 551 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 552 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 553 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 554 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 555 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 556 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 557 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 558 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 559 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 560 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) 561 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 562 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 563 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 564 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 565 * iftype_data). 566 */ 567 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 568 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 569 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 570 enum nl80211_band band; 571 int n_channels; 572 int n_bitrates; 573 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 574 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 575 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 576 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 577 u16 n_iftype_data; 578 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 579 }; 580 581 /** 582 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 583 * @sband: the sband to initialize 584 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 585 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 586 * 587 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 588 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 589 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 590 */ 591 static inline void 592 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 593 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 594 u16 n_iftd) 595 { 596 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 597 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 598 } 599 600 /** 601 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 602 * @sband: the sband to initialize 603 * @iftd: the iftype data array 604 */ 605 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 606 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 607 608 /** 609 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 610 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 611 * @i: iterator counter 612 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 613 */ 614 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 615 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 616 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 617 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 618 619 /** 620 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 621 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 622 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 623 * 624 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 625 */ 626 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 627 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 628 u8 iftype) 629 { 630 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 631 int i; 632 633 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES)) 634 return NULL; 635 636 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 637 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 638 639 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 640 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 641 return data; 642 } 643 644 return NULL; 645 } 646 647 /** 648 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 649 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 650 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 651 * 652 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 653 */ 654 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 655 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 656 u8 iftype) 657 { 658 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 659 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 660 661 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 662 return &data->he_cap; 663 664 return NULL; 665 } 666 667 /** 668 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 669 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 670 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 671 * 672 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 673 */ 674 static inline __le16 675 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 676 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 677 { 678 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 679 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 680 681 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 682 return 0; 683 684 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 685 } 686 687 /** 688 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 689 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 690 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 691 * 692 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 693 */ 694 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 695 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 696 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 697 { 698 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 699 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 700 701 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 702 return &data->eht_cap; 703 704 return NULL; 705 } 706 707 /** 708 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 709 * 710 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 711 * 712 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 713 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 714 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 715 * 716 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 717 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 718 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 719 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 720 * without affecting other devices. 721 * 722 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 723 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 724 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 725 */ 726 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 727 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 728 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 729 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 730 { 731 } 732 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 733 734 735 /* 736 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 737 */ 738 739 /** 740 * DOC: Actions and configuration 741 * 742 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 743 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 744 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 745 * operations use are described separately. 746 * 747 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 748 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 749 * 750 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 751 * in a separate chapter. 752 */ 753 754 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 755 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 756 757 /** 758 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 759 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 760 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 761 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 762 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 763 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 764 * determine the address as needed. 765 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 766 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 767 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 768 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 769 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 770 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 771 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 772 */ 773 struct vif_params { 774 u32 flags; 775 int use_4addr; 776 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 777 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 778 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 779 }; 780 781 /** 782 * struct key_params - key information 783 * 784 * Information about a key 785 * 786 * @key: key material 787 * @key_len: length of key material 788 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 789 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 790 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 791 * length given by @seq_len. 792 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 793 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 794 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 795 */ 796 struct key_params { 797 const u8 *key; 798 const u8 *seq; 799 int key_len; 800 int seq_len; 801 u16 vlan_id; 802 u32 cipher; 803 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 804 }; 805 806 /** 807 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 808 * @chan: the (control) channel 809 * @width: channel width 810 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 811 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 812 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 813 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 814 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 815 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 816 * parameters are ignored. 817 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 818 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 819 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 820 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 821 * @s1g_primary_2mhz: Indicates if the control channel pointed to 822 * by 'chan' exists as a 1MHz primary subchannel within an 823 * S1G 2MHz primary channel. 824 */ 825 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 826 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 827 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 828 u32 center_freq1; 829 u32 center_freq2; 830 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 831 u16 freq1_offset; 832 u16 punctured; 833 bool s1g_primary_2mhz; 834 }; 835 836 /* 837 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 838 */ 839 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 840 struct { 841 u32 legacy; 842 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 843 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 844 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 845 u16 eht_mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 846 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 847 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 848 enum nl80211_eht_gi eht_gi; 849 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 850 enum nl80211_eht_ltf eht_ltf; 851 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 852 }; 853 854 855 /** 856 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 857 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 858 * of the peer. 859 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 860 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 861 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 862 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 863 * @retry_long: retry count value 864 * @retry_short: retry count value 865 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 866 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 867 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 868 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 869 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 870 */ 871 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 872 bool config_override; 873 u8 tids; 874 u64 mask; 875 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 876 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 877 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 878 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 879 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 880 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 881 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 882 }; 883 884 /** 885 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 886 * @peer: Station's MAC address 887 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 888 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 889 */ 890 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 891 const u8 *peer; 892 u32 n_tid_conf; 893 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 894 }; 895 896 /** 897 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 898 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 899 * @kek: FILS KEK 900 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 901 * @snonce: STA Nonce 902 * @anonce: AP Nonce 903 */ 904 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 905 const u8 *macaddr; 906 const u8 *kek; 907 u8 kek_len; 908 const u8 *snonce; 909 const u8 *anonce; 910 }; 911 912 /** 913 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 914 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 915 * addresses. 916 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 917 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 918 */ 919 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 920 const u8 *macaddr; 921 bool enable; 922 }; 923 924 /** 925 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 926 * @chandef: the channel definition 927 * 928 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 929 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 930 */ 931 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 932 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 933 { 934 switch (chandef->width) { 935 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 936 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 937 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 938 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 939 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 940 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 941 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 942 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 943 default: 944 WARN_ON(1); 945 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 946 } 947 } 948 949 /** 950 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 951 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 952 * @channel: the control channel 953 * @chantype: the channel type 954 * 955 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 956 */ 957 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 958 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 959 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 960 961 /** 962 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 963 * @chandef1: first channel definition 964 * @chandef2: second channel definition 965 * 966 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 967 * identical, %false otherwise. 968 */ 969 static inline bool 970 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 971 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 972 { 973 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 974 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 975 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 976 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 977 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 978 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured); 979 } 980 981 /** 982 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 983 * 984 * @chandef: the channel definition 985 * 986 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 987 */ 988 static inline bool 989 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 990 { 991 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 992 } 993 994 /** 995 * cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g - check if chandef represents an S1G channel 996 * @chandef: the channel definition 997 * 998 * Return: %true if S1G. 999 */ 1000 static inline bool 1001 cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1002 { 1003 return chandef->chan->band == NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ; 1004 } 1005 1006 /** 1007 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 1008 * @chandef1: first channel definition 1009 * @chandef2: second channel definition 1010 * 1011 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 1012 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 1013 */ 1014 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 1015 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1016 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1017 1018 /** 1019 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1020 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1021 * 1022 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1023 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1024 */ 1025 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1026 1027 /** 1028 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz 1029 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for 1030 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns 1031 * 80 for 80+80 configurations 1032 */ 1033 static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) 1034 { 1035 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); 1036 } 1037 1038 /** 1039 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1040 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1041 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1042 */ 1043 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1044 1045 /** 1046 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1047 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1048 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1049 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1050 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1051 */ 1052 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1053 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1054 u32 prohibited_flags); 1055 1056 /** 1057 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1058 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1059 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1060 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1061 * Returns: 1062 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1063 */ 1064 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1065 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1066 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1067 1068 /** 1069 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1070 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1071 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1072 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1073 * 1074 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1075 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1076 */ 1077 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1078 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1079 1080 /** 1081 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1082 * channel definition 1083 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1084 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1085 * 1086 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1087 */ 1088 unsigned int 1089 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1090 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1091 1092 /** 1093 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1094 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1095 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1096 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1097 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1098 * 1099 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1100 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1101 */ 1102 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1103 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1104 u16 *punctured); 1105 1106 /** 1107 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1108 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1109 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1110 * 1111 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1112 **/ 1113 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1114 1115 /** 1116 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1117 * 1118 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1119 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1120 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1121 * 1122 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1123 * 1124 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1125 */ 1126 static inline int 1127 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1128 { 1129 switch (chandef->width) { 1130 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1131 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1132 chandef->chan->max_power); 1133 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1134 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1135 chandef->chan->max_power); 1136 default: 1137 break; 1138 } 1139 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1140 } 1141 1142 /** 1143 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1144 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1145 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1146 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1147 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1148 * 1149 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1150 */ 1151 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1152 unsigned long band_mask, 1153 u32 prohibited_flags); 1154 1155 /** 1156 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1157 * 1158 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1159 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1160 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1161 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1162 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1163 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1164 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1165 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1166 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1167 * 1168 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1169 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1170 */ 1171 enum survey_info_flags { 1172 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1173 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1174 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1175 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1176 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1177 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1178 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1179 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1180 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1181 }; 1182 1183 /** 1184 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1185 * 1186 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1187 * record to report global statistics 1188 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1189 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1190 * optional 1191 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1192 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1193 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1194 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1195 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1196 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1197 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1198 * 1199 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1200 * 1201 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1202 * channel duty cycle etc. 1203 */ 1204 struct survey_info { 1205 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1206 u64 time; 1207 u64 time_busy; 1208 u64 time_ext_busy; 1209 u64 time_rx; 1210 u64 time_tx; 1211 u64 time_scan; 1212 u64 time_bss_rx; 1213 u32 filled; 1214 s8 noise; 1215 }; 1216 1217 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1218 1219 /** 1220 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1221 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1222 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1223 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1224 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1225 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1226 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1227 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1228 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1229 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1230 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1231 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1232 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1233 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1234 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1235 * protocol frames. 1236 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1237 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1238 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1239 * port for mac80211 1240 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1241 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1242 * offload) 1243 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1244 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1245 * 1246 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1247 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1248 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1249 * such a scenario. 1250 * 1251 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1252 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1253 * 1254 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1255 * Allow hash-to-element only 1256 * 1257 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1258 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1259 */ 1260 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1261 u32 wpa_versions; 1262 u32 cipher_group; 1263 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1264 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1265 int n_akm_suites; 1266 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1267 bool control_port; 1268 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1269 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1270 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1271 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1272 const u8 *psk; 1273 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1274 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1275 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1276 }; 1277 1278 /** 1279 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1280 * 1281 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1282 * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. 1283 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1284 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1285 */ 1286 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1287 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1288 u8 tx_link_id; 1289 u8 index; 1290 bool ema; 1291 }; 1292 1293 /** 1294 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1295 * 1296 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1297 * 1298 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1299 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1300 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1301 */ 1302 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1303 u8 cnt; 1304 struct { 1305 const u8 *data; 1306 size_t len; 1307 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1308 }; 1309 1310 /** 1311 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1312 * 1313 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1314 * 1315 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1316 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1317 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1318 */ 1319 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1320 u8 cnt; 1321 struct { 1322 const u8 *data; 1323 size_t len; 1324 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1325 }; 1326 1327 /** 1328 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1329 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1330 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1331 * or %NULL if not changed 1332 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1333 * or %NULL if not changed 1334 * @head_len: length of @head 1335 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1336 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1337 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1338 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1339 * frames or %NULL 1340 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1341 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1342 * Response frames or %NULL 1343 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1344 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1345 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1346 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1347 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1348 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1349 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1350 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1351 * (measurement type 8) 1352 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1353 * Token (measurement type 11) 1354 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1355 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1356 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1357 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1358 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1359 */ 1360 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1361 unsigned int link_id; 1362 1363 const u8 *head, *tail; 1364 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1365 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1366 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1367 const u8 *probe_resp; 1368 const u8 *lci; 1369 const u8 *civicloc; 1370 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1371 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1372 s8 ftm_responder; 1373 1374 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1375 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1376 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1377 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1378 size_t probe_resp_len; 1379 size_t lci_len; 1380 size_t civicloc_len; 1381 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1382 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1383 }; 1384 1385 struct mac_address { 1386 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1387 }; 1388 1389 /** 1390 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1391 * 1392 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1393 * entry specified by mac_addr 1394 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1395 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1396 */ 1397 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1398 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1399 int n_acl_entries; 1400 1401 /* Keep it last */ 1402 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1403 }; 1404 1405 /** 1406 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1407 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1408 * 1409 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1410 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1411 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1412 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1413 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1414 * frame headers. 1415 */ 1416 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1417 bool update; 1418 u32 min_interval; 1419 u32 max_interval; 1420 size_t tmpl_len; 1421 const u8 *tmpl; 1422 }; 1423 1424 /** 1425 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1426 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1427 * 1428 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1429 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1430 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1431 * scanning 1432 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1433 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1434 */ 1435 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1436 bool update; 1437 u32 interval; 1438 size_t tmpl_len; 1439 const u8 *tmpl; 1440 }; 1441 1442 /** 1443 * struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon - S1G short beacon data. 1444 * 1445 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1446 * @short_head: Short beacon head. 1447 * @short_tail: Short beacon tail. 1448 * @short_head_len: Short beacon head len. 1449 * @short_tail_len: Short beacon tail len. 1450 */ 1451 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon { 1452 bool update; 1453 const u8 *short_head; 1454 const u8 *short_tail; 1455 size_t short_head_len; 1456 size_t short_tail_len; 1457 }; 1458 1459 /** 1460 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1461 * 1462 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1463 * 1464 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1465 * @beacon: beacon data 1466 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1467 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1468 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1469 * user space) 1470 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1471 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1472 * @crypto: crypto settings 1473 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1474 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1475 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1476 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1477 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1478 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1479 * MAC address based access control 1480 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1481 * networks. 1482 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1483 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1484 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1485 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1486 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1487 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1488 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1489 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1490 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1491 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1492 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1493 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1494 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1495 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1496 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1497 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1498 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1499 * @s1g_long_beacon_period: S1G long beacon period 1500 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1501 */ 1502 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1503 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1504 1505 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1506 1507 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1508 const u8 *ssid; 1509 size_t ssid_len; 1510 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1511 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1512 bool privacy; 1513 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1514 int inactivity_timeout; 1515 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1516 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1517 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1518 bool pbss; 1519 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1520 1521 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1522 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1523 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1524 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1525 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1526 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1527 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1528 bool twt_responder; 1529 u32 flags; 1530 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1531 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1532 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1533 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1534 u8 s1g_long_beacon_period; 1535 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1536 }; 1537 1538 1539 /** 1540 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1541 * 1542 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1543 * 1544 * @beacon: beacon data 1545 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1546 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1547 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1548 */ 1549 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1550 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1551 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1552 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1553 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1554 }; 1555 1556 /** 1557 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1558 * 1559 * Used for channel switch 1560 * 1561 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1562 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1563 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1564 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1565 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1566 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1567 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1568 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1569 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1570 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1571 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1572 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1573 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1574 */ 1575 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1576 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1577 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1578 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1579 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1580 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1581 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1582 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1583 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1584 bool radar_required; 1585 bool block_tx; 1586 u8 count; 1587 u8 link_id; 1588 }; 1589 1590 /** 1591 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1592 * 1593 * Used for bss color change 1594 * 1595 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1596 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1597 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1598 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1599 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1600 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1601 * @color: the color used after the change 1602 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1603 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1604 */ 1605 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1606 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1607 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1608 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1609 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1610 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1611 u8 count; 1612 u8 color; 1613 u8 link_id; 1614 }; 1615 1616 /** 1617 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1618 * 1619 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1620 * 1621 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1622 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1623 * to use for verification 1624 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1625 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1626 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1627 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1628 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1629 * nl80211_iftype. 1630 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1631 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1632 * the verification 1633 */ 1634 struct iface_combination_params { 1635 int radio_idx; 1636 int num_different_channels; 1637 u8 radar_detect; 1638 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1639 u32 new_beacon_int; 1640 }; 1641 1642 /** 1643 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1644 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1645 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1646 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1647 * 1648 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1649 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1650 */ 1651 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1652 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1653 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1654 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1655 }; 1656 1657 /** 1658 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1659 * 1660 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1661 * 1662 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1663 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1664 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1665 * power per-interface or per-station. 1666 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1667 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1668 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1669 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1670 * per peer TPC. 1671 */ 1672 struct sta_txpwr { 1673 s16 power; 1674 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1675 }; 1676 1677 /** 1678 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1679 * 1680 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1681 * 1682 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1683 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1684 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1685 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1686 * (or NULL for no change) 1687 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1688 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1689 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1690 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1691 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1692 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1693 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1694 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1695 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1696 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1697 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1698 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1699 * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station 1700 */ 1701 struct link_station_parameters { 1702 const u8 *mld_mac; 1703 int link_id; 1704 const u8 *link_mac; 1705 const u8 *supported_rates; 1706 u8 supported_rates_len; 1707 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1708 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1709 u8 opmode_notif; 1710 bool opmode_notif_used; 1711 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1712 u8 he_capa_len; 1713 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1714 bool txpwr_set; 1715 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1716 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1717 u8 eht_capa_len; 1718 const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; 1719 }; 1720 1721 /** 1722 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1723 * 1724 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1725 * 1726 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1727 * @link_id: the link id 1728 */ 1729 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1730 const u8 *mld_mac; 1731 u32 link_id; 1732 }; 1733 1734 /** 1735 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1736 * 1737 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1738 * 1739 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1740 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1741 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1742 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1743 */ 1744 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1745 u16 dlink[8]; 1746 u16 ulink[8]; 1747 }; 1748 1749 /** 1750 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1751 * 1752 * Used to change and create a new station. 1753 * 1754 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1755 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1756 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1757 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1758 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1759 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1760 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1761 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1762 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1763 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1764 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1765 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1766 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1767 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1768 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1769 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1770 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1771 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1772 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1773 * to unknown) 1774 * @capability: station capability 1775 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1776 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1777 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1778 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1779 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1780 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1781 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1782 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1783 * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is 1784 * present/updated 1785 * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station 1786 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1787 */ 1788 struct station_parameters { 1789 struct net_device *vlan; 1790 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1791 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1792 int listen_interval; 1793 u16 aid; 1794 u16 vlan_id; 1795 u16 peer_aid; 1796 u8 plink_action; 1797 u8 plink_state; 1798 u8 uapsd_queues; 1799 u8 max_sp; 1800 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1801 u16 capability; 1802 const u8 *ext_capab; 1803 u8 ext_capab_len; 1804 const u8 *supported_channels; 1805 u8 supported_channels_len; 1806 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1807 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1808 int support_p2p_ps; 1809 u16 airtime_weight; 1810 bool eml_cap_present; 1811 u16 eml_cap; 1812 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1813 }; 1814 1815 /** 1816 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1817 * 1818 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1819 * 1820 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1821 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1822 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1823 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1824 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1825 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1826 * remove all stations. 1827 */ 1828 struct station_del_parameters { 1829 const u8 *mac; 1830 u8 subtype; 1831 u16 reason_code; 1832 int link_id; 1833 }; 1834 1835 /** 1836 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1837 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1838 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1839 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1840 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1841 * the AP MLME in the device 1842 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1843 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1844 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1845 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1846 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1847 * supported/used) 1848 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1849 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1850 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1851 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1852 */ 1853 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1854 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1855 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1856 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1857 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1858 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1859 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1860 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1861 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1862 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1863 }; 1864 1865 /** 1866 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1867 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1868 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1869 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1870 * 1871 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1872 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1873 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1874 * 1875 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1876 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1877 * use them before calling this. 1878 */ 1879 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1880 struct station_parameters *params, 1881 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1882 1883 /** 1884 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1885 * 1886 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1887 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1888 * 1889 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1890 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1891 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1892 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1893 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1894 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1895 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1896 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1897 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1898 */ 1899 enum rate_info_flags { 1900 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1901 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1902 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1903 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1904 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1905 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1906 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1907 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1908 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1909 }; 1910 1911 /** 1912 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1913 * 1914 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1915 * 1916 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1917 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1918 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1919 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1920 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1921 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1922 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1923 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1924 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1925 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1926 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1927 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1928 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1929 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1930 */ 1931 enum rate_info_bw { 1932 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1933 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1934 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1935 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1936 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1937 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1938 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1939 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1940 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1941 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1942 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1943 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1944 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1945 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1946 }; 1947 1948 /** 1949 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1950 * 1951 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1952 * 1953 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1954 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1955 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1956 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1957 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1958 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1959 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1960 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1961 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1962 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1963 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1964 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1965 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1966 */ 1967 struct rate_info { 1968 u16 flags; 1969 u16 legacy; 1970 u8 mcs; 1971 u8 nss; 1972 u8 bw; 1973 u8 he_gi; 1974 u8 he_dcm; 1975 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1976 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1977 u8 eht_gi; 1978 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1979 }; 1980 1981 /** 1982 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1983 * 1984 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1985 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1986 * 1987 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1988 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1989 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1990 */ 1991 enum bss_param_flags { 1992 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 1993 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 1994 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 1995 }; 1996 1997 /** 1998 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1999 * 2000 * Information about the currently associated BSS 2001 * 2002 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 2003 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 2004 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 2005 */ 2006 struct sta_bss_parameters { 2007 u8 flags; 2008 u8 dtim_period; 2009 u16 beacon_interval; 2010 }; 2011 2012 /** 2013 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 2014 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 2015 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2016 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 2017 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 2018 * @flows: number of new flows seen 2019 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 2020 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 2021 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 2022 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 2023 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 2024 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 2025 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 2026 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 2027 */ 2028 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 2029 u32 filled; 2030 u32 backlog_bytes; 2031 u32 backlog_packets; 2032 u32 flows; 2033 u32 drops; 2034 u32 ecn_marks; 2035 u32 overlimit; 2036 u32 overmemory; 2037 u32 collisions; 2038 u32 tx_bytes; 2039 u32 tx_packets; 2040 u32 max_flows; 2041 }; 2042 2043 /** 2044 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2045 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2046 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2047 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2048 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2049 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2050 * transmitted MSDUs 2051 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2052 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2053 */ 2054 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2055 u32 filled; 2056 u64 rx_msdu; 2057 u64 tx_msdu; 2058 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2059 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2060 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2061 }; 2062 2063 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2064 2065 /** 2066 * struct link_station_info - link station information 2067 * 2068 * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and 2069 * dump_station(). 2070 * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2071 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2072 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected 2073 * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) 2074 * in milliseconds 2075 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station 2076 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station 2077 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2078 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2079 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2080 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's 2081 * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ 2082 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2083 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2084 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2085 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station 2086 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station 2087 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station 2088 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2089 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station 2090 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2091 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2092 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2093 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2094 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2095 * towards this station. 2096 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2097 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2098 * from this peer 2099 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2100 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2101 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2102 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2103 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2104 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2105 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2106 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2107 * been sent. 2108 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2109 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2110 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2111 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2112 * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. 2113 */ 2114 struct link_station_info { 2115 u64 filled; 2116 u32 connected_time; 2117 u32 inactive_time; 2118 u64 assoc_at; 2119 u64 rx_bytes; 2120 u64 tx_bytes; 2121 s8 signal; 2122 s8 signal_avg; 2123 2124 u8 chains; 2125 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2126 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2127 2128 struct rate_info txrate; 2129 struct rate_info rxrate; 2130 u32 rx_packets; 2131 u32 tx_packets; 2132 u32 tx_retries; 2133 u32 tx_failed; 2134 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2135 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2136 2137 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2138 2139 u32 expected_throughput; 2140 2141 u64 tx_duration; 2142 u64 rx_duration; 2143 u64 rx_beacon; 2144 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2145 2146 u16 airtime_weight; 2147 2148 s8 ack_signal; 2149 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2150 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2151 2152 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2153 u32 fcs_err_count; 2154 2155 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2156 }; 2157 2158 /** 2159 * struct station_info - station information 2160 * 2161 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2162 * 2163 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2164 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2165 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2166 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2167 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2168 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2169 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2170 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2171 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2172 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2173 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2174 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2175 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2176 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2177 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2178 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2179 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2180 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2181 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2182 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2183 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2184 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2185 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2186 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2187 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2188 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2189 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2190 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2191 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2192 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2193 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2194 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2195 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2196 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2197 * @llid: mesh local link id 2198 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2199 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2200 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2201 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2202 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2203 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2204 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2205 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2206 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2207 * towards this station. 2208 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2209 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2210 * from this peer 2211 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2212 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2213 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2214 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2215 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2216 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2217 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2218 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2219 * been sent. 2220 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2221 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2222 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2223 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2224 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2225 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2226 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2227 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2228 * dump_station() callbacks. 2229 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2230 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2231 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2232 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2233 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2234 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2235 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2236 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2237 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2238 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2239 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2240 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2241 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2242 * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this 2243 * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), 2244 * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. 2245 * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific 2246 * information is accessed through links[link_id]. 2247 */ 2248 struct station_info { 2249 u64 filled; 2250 u32 connected_time; 2251 u32 inactive_time; 2252 u64 assoc_at; 2253 u64 rx_bytes; 2254 u64 tx_bytes; 2255 s8 signal; 2256 s8 signal_avg; 2257 2258 u8 chains; 2259 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2260 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2261 2262 struct rate_info txrate; 2263 struct rate_info rxrate; 2264 u32 rx_packets; 2265 u32 tx_packets; 2266 u32 tx_retries; 2267 u32 tx_failed; 2268 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2269 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2270 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2271 2272 int generation; 2273 2274 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2275 2276 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2277 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2278 2279 s64 t_offset; 2280 u16 llid; 2281 u16 plid; 2282 u8 plink_state; 2283 u8 connected_to_gate; 2284 u8 connected_to_as; 2285 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2286 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2287 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2288 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2289 2290 u32 expected_throughput; 2291 2292 u16 airtime_weight; 2293 2294 s8 ack_signal; 2295 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2296 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2297 2298 u64 tx_duration; 2299 u64 rx_duration; 2300 u64 rx_beacon; 2301 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2302 2303 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2304 u32 fcs_err_count; 2305 2306 bool mlo_params_valid; 2307 u8 assoc_link_id; 2308 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2309 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2310 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2311 2312 u16 valid_links; 2313 struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2314 }; 2315 2316 /** 2317 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2318 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2319 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2320 */ 2321 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2322 s32 power; 2323 u32 freq_range_index; 2324 }; 2325 2326 /** 2327 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2328 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2329 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2330 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2331 */ 2332 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2333 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2334 u32 num_sub_specs; 2335 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2336 }; 2337 2338 2339 /** 2340 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2341 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2342 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2343 */ 2344 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2345 u32 start_freq; 2346 u32 end_freq; 2347 }; 2348 2349 /** 2350 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2351 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2352 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2353 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2354 * 2355 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2356 * range to small ones and then append them. 2357 */ 2358 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2359 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2360 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2361 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2362 }; 2363 2364 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2365 /** 2366 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2367 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2368 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2369 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2370 * 2371 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2372 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2373 * considered undefined. 2374 */ 2375 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2376 struct station_info *sinfo); 2377 #else 2378 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2379 const u8 *mac_addr, 2380 struct station_info *sinfo) 2381 { 2382 return -ENOENT; 2383 } 2384 #endif 2385 2386 /** 2387 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2388 * 2389 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2390 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2391 * 2392 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2393 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2394 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2395 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2396 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2397 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2398 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2399 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2400 */ 2401 enum monitor_flags { 2402 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2403 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2404 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2405 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2406 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2407 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2408 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2409 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2410 }; 2411 2412 /** 2413 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2414 * 2415 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2416 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2417 * 2418 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2419 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2420 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2421 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2422 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2423 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2424 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2425 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2426 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2427 */ 2428 enum mpath_info_flags { 2429 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2430 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2431 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2432 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2433 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2434 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2435 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2436 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2437 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2438 }; 2439 2440 /** 2441 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2442 * 2443 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2444 * 2445 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2446 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2447 * @sn: target sequence number 2448 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2449 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2450 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2451 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2452 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2453 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2454 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2455 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2456 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2457 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2458 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2459 */ 2460 struct mpath_info { 2461 u32 filled; 2462 u32 frame_qlen; 2463 u32 sn; 2464 u32 metric; 2465 u32 exptime; 2466 u32 discovery_timeout; 2467 u8 discovery_retries; 2468 u8 flags; 2469 u8 hop_count; 2470 u32 path_change_count; 2471 2472 int generation; 2473 }; 2474 2475 /** 2476 * enum wiphy_bss_param_flags - bit positions for supported bss parameters. 2477 * 2478 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: support changing CTS protection. 2479 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: support changing short preamble usage. 2480 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: support changing short slot time usage. 2481 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES: support reconfiguring basic rates. 2482 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE: support changing AP isolation. 2483 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE: support changing HT operating mode. 2484 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW: support reconfiguring ctwindow. 2485 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS: support changing P2P opportunistic power-save. 2486 */ 2487 enum wiphy_bss_param_flags { 2488 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 2489 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 2490 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 2491 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES = BIT(3), 2492 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE = BIT(4), 2493 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE = BIT(5), 2494 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW = BIT(6), 2495 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS = BIT(7), 2496 }; 2497 2498 /** 2499 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2500 * 2501 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2502 * 2503 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2504 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2505 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2506 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2507 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2508 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2509 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2510 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2511 * (or NULL for no change) 2512 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2513 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2514 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2515 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2516 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2517 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2518 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2519 */ 2520 struct bss_parameters { 2521 int link_id; 2522 int use_cts_prot; 2523 int use_short_preamble; 2524 int use_short_slot_time; 2525 const u8 *basic_rates; 2526 u8 basic_rates_len; 2527 int ap_isolate; 2528 int ht_opmode; 2529 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2530 }; 2531 2532 /** 2533 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2534 * 2535 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2536 * 2537 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2538 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2539 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2540 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2541 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2542 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2543 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2544 * mesh interface 2545 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2546 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2547 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2548 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2549 * elements 2550 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2551 * detect compatible mesh peers 2552 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2553 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2554 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2555 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2556 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2557 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2558 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2559 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2560 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2561 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2562 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2563 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2564 * element 2565 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2566 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2567 * element 2568 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2569 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2570 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2571 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2572 * announcements are transmitted 2573 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2574 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2575 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2576 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2577 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2578 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2579 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2580 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2581 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2582 * station to establish a peer link 2583 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2584 * 2585 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2586 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2587 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2588 * 2589 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2590 * PREQs are transmitted. 2591 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2592 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2593 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2594 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2595 * setting for new peer links. 2596 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2597 * after transmitting its beacon. 2598 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2599 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2600 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2601 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2602 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2603 * in the mesh formation field. 2604 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2605 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2606 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2607 * in the mesh path table 2608 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2609 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2610 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2611 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2612 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2613 */ 2614 struct mesh_config { 2615 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2616 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2617 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2618 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2619 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2620 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2621 u8 element_ttl; 2622 bool auto_open_plinks; 2623 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2624 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2625 u32 path_refresh_time; 2626 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2627 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2628 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2629 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2630 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2631 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2632 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2633 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2634 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2635 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2636 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2637 s32 rssi_threshold; 2638 u16 ht_opmode; 2639 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2640 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2641 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2642 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2643 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2644 u32 plink_timeout; 2645 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2646 }; 2647 2648 /** 2649 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2650 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2651 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2652 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2653 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2654 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2655 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2656 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2657 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2658 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2659 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2660 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2661 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2662 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2663 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2664 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2665 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2666 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2667 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2668 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2669 * to operate on DFS channels. 2670 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2671 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2672 * 2673 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2674 */ 2675 struct mesh_setup { 2676 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2677 const u8 *mesh_id; 2678 u8 mesh_id_len; 2679 u8 sync_method; 2680 u8 path_sel_proto; 2681 u8 path_metric; 2682 u8 auth_id; 2683 const u8 *ie; 2684 u8 ie_len; 2685 bool is_authenticated; 2686 bool is_secure; 2687 bool user_mpm; 2688 u8 dtim_period; 2689 u16 beacon_interval; 2690 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2691 u32 basic_rates; 2692 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2693 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2694 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2695 }; 2696 2697 /** 2698 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2699 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2700 * 2701 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2702 */ 2703 struct ocb_setup { 2704 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2705 }; 2706 2707 /** 2708 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2709 * @ac: AC identifier 2710 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2711 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2712 * 1..32767] 2713 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2714 * 1..32767] 2715 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2716 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2717 */ 2718 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2719 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2720 u16 txop; 2721 u16 cwmin; 2722 u16 cwmax; 2723 u8 aifs; 2724 int link_id; 2725 }; 2726 2727 /** 2728 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2729 * 2730 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2731 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2732 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2733 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2734 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2735 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2736 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2737 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2738 * in the wiphy structure. 2739 * 2740 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2741 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2742 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2743 * 2744 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2745 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2746 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2747 * to userspace. 2748 */ 2749 2750 /** 2751 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2752 * @ssid: the SSID 2753 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2754 */ 2755 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2756 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2757 u8 ssid_len; 2758 }; 2759 2760 /** 2761 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2762 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2763 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2764 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2765 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2766 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2767 * userspace will be notified of that 2768 */ 2769 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2770 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2771 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2772 bool aborted; 2773 }; 2774 2775 /** 2776 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2777 * 2778 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2779 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2780 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2781 * which the above info is relevant to 2782 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2783 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2784 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2785 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2786 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2787 */ 2788 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2789 u32 short_ssid; 2790 u32 channel_idx; 2791 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2792 bool unsolicited_probe; 2793 bool short_ssid_valid; 2794 bool psc_no_listen; 2795 s8 psd_20; 2796 }; 2797 2798 /** 2799 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2800 * 2801 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2802 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2803 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2804 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2805 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2806 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2807 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2808 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2809 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2810 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2811 * %duration field. 2812 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2813 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2814 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2815 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2816 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2817 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2818 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2819 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2820 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2821 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2822 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2823 * true if this is a 6 GHz scan request 2824 * @first_part: %true if this is the first part of a split scan request or a 2825 * scan that was not split. May be %true for a @scan_6ghz scan if no other 2826 * channels were requested 2827 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2828 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2829 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2830 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2831 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2832 */ 2833 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2834 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2835 int n_ssids; 2836 u32 n_channels; 2837 const u8 *ie; 2838 size_t ie_len; 2839 u16 duration; 2840 bool duration_mandatory; 2841 u32 flags; 2842 2843 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2844 2845 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2846 2847 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2848 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2849 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2850 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2851 unsigned long scan_start; 2852 bool no_cck; 2853 bool scan_6ghz; 2854 bool first_part; 2855 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2856 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2857 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2858 2859 /* keep last */ 2860 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2861 }; 2862 2863 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2864 { 2865 int i; 2866 2867 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2868 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2869 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2870 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2871 } 2872 } 2873 2874 /** 2875 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2876 * 2877 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2878 * or no match (RSSI only) 2879 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2880 * or no match (RSSI only) 2881 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2882 */ 2883 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2884 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2885 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2886 s32 rssi_thold; 2887 }; 2888 2889 /** 2890 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2891 * 2892 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2893 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2894 * infinite loop. 2895 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2896 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2897 */ 2898 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2899 u32 interval; 2900 u32 iterations; 2901 }; 2902 2903 /** 2904 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2905 * 2906 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2907 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2908 */ 2909 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2910 enum nl80211_band band; 2911 s8 delta; 2912 }; 2913 2914 /** 2915 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2916 * 2917 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2918 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2919 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2920 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2921 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2922 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2923 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2924 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2925 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2926 * (others are filtered out). 2927 * If omitted, all results are passed. 2928 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2929 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2930 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2931 * @dev: the interface 2932 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2933 * @channels: channels to scan 2934 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2935 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2936 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2937 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2938 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2939 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2940 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2941 * index must be executed first. 2942 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2943 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2944 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2945 * owned by a particular socket) 2946 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2947 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2948 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2949 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2950 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2951 * supported. 2952 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2953 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2954 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2955 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2956 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2957 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2958 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2959 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2960 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2961 * comparisons. 2962 */ 2963 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2964 u64 reqid; 2965 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2966 int n_ssids; 2967 u32 n_channels; 2968 const u8 *ie; 2969 size_t ie_len; 2970 u32 flags; 2971 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2972 int n_match_sets; 2973 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2974 u32 delay; 2975 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2976 int n_scan_plans; 2977 2978 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2979 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2980 2981 bool relative_rssi_set; 2982 s8 relative_rssi; 2983 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2984 2985 /* internal */ 2986 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2987 struct net_device *dev; 2988 unsigned long scan_start; 2989 bool report_results; 2990 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2991 u32 owner_nlportid; 2992 bool nl_owner_dead; 2993 struct list_head list; 2994 2995 /* keep last */ 2996 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2997 }; 2998 2999 /** 3000 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 3001 * 3002 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 3003 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 3004 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 3005 */ 3006 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 3007 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 3008 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 3009 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 3010 }; 3011 3012 /** 3013 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 3014 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 3015 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 3016 * signal type 3017 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 3018 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 3019 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 3020 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 3021 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 3022 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 3023 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 3024 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 3025 * by %parent_bssid. 3026 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 3027 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 3028 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3029 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3030 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 3031 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 3032 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3033 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3034 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3035 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3036 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3037 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 3038 */ 3039 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 3040 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3041 s32 signal; 3042 u64 boottime_ns; 3043 u64 parent_tsf; 3044 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3045 u8 chains; 3046 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3047 3048 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 3049 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3050 3051 void *drv_data; 3052 }; 3053 3054 /** 3055 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 3056 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 3057 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 3058 * @len: length of the IEs 3059 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 3060 * @data: IE data 3061 */ 3062 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 3063 u64 tsf; 3064 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3065 int len; 3066 bool from_beacon; 3067 u8 data[]; 3068 }; 3069 3070 /** 3071 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 3072 * 3073 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 3074 * for use in scan results and similar. 3075 * 3076 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 3077 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 3078 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 3079 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 3080 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 3081 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 3082 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 3083 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 3084 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 3085 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 3086 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 3087 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 3088 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 3089 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 3090 * cannot rely on it having valid data 3091 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 3092 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 3093 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 3094 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 3095 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 3096 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 3097 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 3098 * (multi-BSSID support) 3099 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 3100 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 3101 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3102 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3103 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 3104 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 3105 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3106 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3107 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3108 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3109 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3110 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 3111 */ 3112 struct cfg80211_bss { 3113 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3114 3115 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 3116 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 3117 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 3118 3119 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 3120 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 3121 struct list_head nontrans_list; 3122 3123 s32 signal; 3124 3125 u64 ts_boottime; 3126 3127 u16 beacon_interval; 3128 u16 capability; 3129 3130 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3131 u8 chains; 3132 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3133 3134 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 3135 3136 u8 bssid_index; 3137 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 3138 3139 u8 use_for; 3140 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3141 3142 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 3143 }; 3144 3145 /** 3146 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 3147 * @bss: the bss to search 3148 * @id: the element ID 3149 * 3150 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3151 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3152 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3153 */ 3154 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3155 3156 /** 3157 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3158 * @bss: the bss to search 3159 * @id: the element ID 3160 * 3161 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3162 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3163 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3164 */ 3165 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3166 { 3167 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3168 } 3169 3170 3171 /** 3172 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3173 * 3174 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3175 * authentication. 3176 * 3177 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3178 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3179 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3180 * supported by the station. 3181 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3182 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3183 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3184 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3185 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3186 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3187 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3188 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3189 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3190 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3191 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3192 * transaction sequence number field. 3193 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3194 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3195 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3196 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3197 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3198 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3199 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3200 */ 3201 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3202 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3203 const u8 *ie; 3204 size_t ie_len; 3205 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3206 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3207 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3208 const u8 *key; 3209 u8 key_len; 3210 s8 key_idx; 3211 const u8 *auth_data; 3212 size_t auth_data_len; 3213 s8 link_id; 3214 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3215 }; 3216 3217 /** 3218 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3219 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3220 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3221 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3222 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3223 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 3224 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 3225 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3226 * operation as a whole must fail. 3227 */ 3228 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3229 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3230 const u8 *elems; 3231 size_t elems_len; 3232 bool disabled; 3233 int error; 3234 }; 3235 3236 /** 3237 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3238 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3239 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3240 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3241 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3242 */ 3243 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3244 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3245 u16 rem_links; 3246 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3247 }; 3248 3249 /** 3250 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3251 * 3252 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3253 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3254 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3255 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3256 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3257 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3258 * request (connect callback). 3259 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3260 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3261 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3262 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3263 * flag is not set. 3264 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3265 */ 3266 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3267 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3268 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3269 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3270 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3271 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3272 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3273 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3274 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3275 }; 3276 3277 /** 3278 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3279 * 3280 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3281 * (re)association. 3282 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3283 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3284 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3285 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3286 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3287 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3288 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3289 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3290 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3291 * @crypto: crypto settings 3292 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3293 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3294 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3295 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3296 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3297 * frame. 3298 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3299 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3300 * (or %NULL for no change). 3301 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3302 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3303 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3304 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3305 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3306 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3307 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3308 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3309 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3310 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3311 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3312 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3313 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3314 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3315 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3316 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3317 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3318 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3319 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3320 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3321 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3322 * userspace for the association 3323 */ 3324 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3325 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3326 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3327 size_t ie_len; 3328 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3329 bool use_mfp; 3330 u32 flags; 3331 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3332 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3333 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3334 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3335 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3336 const u8 *fils_kek; 3337 size_t fils_kek_len; 3338 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3339 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3340 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3341 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3342 s8 link_id; 3343 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3344 }; 3345 3346 /** 3347 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3348 * 3349 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3350 * deauthentication. 3351 * 3352 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3353 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3354 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3355 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3356 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3357 * do not set a deauth frame 3358 */ 3359 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3360 const u8 *bssid; 3361 const u8 *ie; 3362 size_t ie_len; 3363 u16 reason_code; 3364 bool local_state_change; 3365 }; 3366 3367 /** 3368 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3369 * 3370 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3371 * disassociation. 3372 * 3373 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3374 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3375 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3376 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3377 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3378 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3379 */ 3380 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3381 const u8 *ap_addr; 3382 const u8 *ie; 3383 size_t ie_len; 3384 u16 reason_code; 3385 bool local_state_change; 3386 }; 3387 3388 /** 3389 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3390 * 3391 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3392 * method. 3393 * 3394 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3395 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3396 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3397 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3398 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3399 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3400 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3401 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3402 * @ie_len: length of that 3403 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3404 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3405 * after joining 3406 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3407 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3408 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3409 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3410 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3411 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3412 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3413 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3414 * to operate on DFS channels. 3415 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3416 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3417 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3418 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3419 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3420 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3421 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3422 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3423 */ 3424 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3425 const u8 *ssid; 3426 const u8 *bssid; 3427 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3428 const u8 *ie; 3429 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3430 u16 beacon_interval; 3431 u32 basic_rates; 3432 bool channel_fixed; 3433 bool privacy; 3434 bool control_port; 3435 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3436 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3437 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3438 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3439 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3440 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3441 int wep_tx_key; 3442 }; 3443 3444 /** 3445 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3446 * 3447 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3448 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3449 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3450 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3451 */ 3452 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3453 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3454 union { 3455 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3456 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3457 } param; 3458 }; 3459 3460 /** 3461 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3462 * 3463 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3464 * authentication and association. 3465 * 3466 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3467 * on scan results) 3468 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3469 * %NULL if not specified 3470 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3471 * results) 3472 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3473 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3474 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3475 * to use. 3476 * @ssid: SSID 3477 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3478 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3479 * @ie: IEs for association request 3480 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3481 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3482 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3483 * @crypto: crypto settings 3484 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3485 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3486 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3487 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3488 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3489 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3490 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3491 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3492 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3493 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3494 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3495 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3496 * networks. 3497 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3498 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3499 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3500 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3501 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3502 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3503 * frame. 3504 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3505 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3506 * data IE. 3507 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3508 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3509 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3510 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3511 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3512 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3513 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3514 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3515 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3516 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3517 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3518 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3519 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3520 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3521 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3522 */ 3523 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3524 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3525 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3526 const u8 *bssid; 3527 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3528 const u8 *ssid; 3529 size_t ssid_len; 3530 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3531 const u8 *ie; 3532 size_t ie_len; 3533 bool privacy; 3534 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3535 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3536 const u8 *key; 3537 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3538 u32 flags; 3539 int bg_scan_period; 3540 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3541 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3542 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3543 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3544 bool pbss; 3545 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3546 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3547 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3548 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3549 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3550 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3551 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3552 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3553 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3554 bool want_1x; 3555 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3556 }; 3557 3558 /** 3559 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3560 * 3561 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3562 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3563 * 3564 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3565 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3566 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3567 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3568 */ 3569 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3570 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3571 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3572 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3573 }; 3574 3575 /** 3576 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3577 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3578 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3579 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3580 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3581 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3582 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3583 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3584 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3585 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3586 */ 3587 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3588 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3589 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3590 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3591 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3592 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3593 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3594 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3595 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3596 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3597 }; 3598 3599 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3600 3601 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3602 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3603 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3604 3605 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3606 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3607 3608 /** 3609 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3610 * 3611 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3612 * caching. 3613 * 3614 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3615 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3616 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3617 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3618 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3619 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3620 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3621 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3622 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3623 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3624 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3625 * %NULL). 3626 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3627 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3628 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3629 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3630 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3631 * used for it expires. 3632 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3633 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3634 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3635 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3636 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3637 */ 3638 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3639 const u8 *bssid; 3640 const u8 *pmkid; 3641 const u8 *pmk; 3642 size_t pmk_len; 3643 const u8 *ssid; 3644 size_t ssid_len; 3645 const u8 *cache_id; 3646 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3647 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3648 }; 3649 3650 /** 3651 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3652 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3653 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3654 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3655 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3656 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3657 * 3658 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3659 * memory, free @mask only! 3660 */ 3661 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3662 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3663 int pattern_len; 3664 int pkt_offset; 3665 }; 3666 3667 /** 3668 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3669 * 3670 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3671 * @src: source IP address 3672 * @dst: destination IP address 3673 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3674 * @src_port: source port 3675 * @dst_port: destination port 3676 * @payload_len: data payload length 3677 * @payload: data payload buffer 3678 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3679 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3680 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3681 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3682 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3683 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3684 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3685 */ 3686 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3687 struct socket *sock; 3688 __be32 src, dst; 3689 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3690 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3691 int payload_len; 3692 const u8 *payload; 3693 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3694 u32 data_interval; 3695 u32 wake_len; 3696 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3697 u32 tokens_size; 3698 /* must be last, variable member */ 3699 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3700 }; 3701 3702 /** 3703 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3704 * 3705 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3706 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3707 * operating as normal during suspend 3708 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3709 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3710 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3711 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3712 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3713 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3714 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3715 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3716 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3717 * NULL if not configured. 3718 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3719 */ 3720 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3721 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3722 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3723 rfkill_release; 3724 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3725 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3726 int n_patterns; 3727 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3728 }; 3729 3730 /** 3731 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3732 * 3733 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3734 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3735 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3736 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3737 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3738 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3739 */ 3740 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3741 int delay; 3742 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3743 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3744 int n_patterns; 3745 }; 3746 3747 /** 3748 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3749 * 3750 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3751 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3752 * @n_rules: number of rules 3753 */ 3754 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3755 int n_rules; 3756 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3757 }; 3758 3759 /** 3760 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3761 * 3762 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3763 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3764 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3765 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3766 * occurred (in MHz) 3767 */ 3768 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3769 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3770 int n_channels; 3771 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3772 }; 3773 3774 /** 3775 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3776 * 3777 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3778 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3779 * match information. 3780 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3781 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3782 */ 3783 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3784 int n_matches; 3785 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3786 }; 3787 3788 /** 3789 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3790 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3791 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3792 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3793 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3794 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3795 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3796 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3797 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3798 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3799 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3800 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3801 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3802 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3803 * it is. 3804 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3805 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3806 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3807 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3808 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3809 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3810 */ 3811 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3812 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3813 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3814 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3815 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3816 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3817 s32 pattern_idx; 3818 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3819 const void *packet; 3820 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3821 }; 3822 3823 /** 3824 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3825 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3826 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3827 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3828 * @kek_len: length of kek 3829 * @kck_len: length of kck 3830 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3831 */ 3832 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3833 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3834 u32 akm; 3835 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3836 }; 3837 3838 /** 3839 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3840 * 3841 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3842 * 3843 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3844 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3845 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3846 */ 3847 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3848 u16 md; 3849 const u8 *ie; 3850 size_t ie_len; 3851 }; 3852 3853 /** 3854 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3855 * 3856 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3857 * 3858 * @chan: channel to use 3859 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3860 * @wait: duration for ROC 3861 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3862 * @len: buffer length 3863 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3864 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3865 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3866 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3867 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3868 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3869 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3870 */ 3871 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3872 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3873 bool offchan; 3874 unsigned int wait; 3875 const u8 *buf; 3876 size_t len; 3877 bool no_cck; 3878 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3879 int n_csa_offsets; 3880 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3881 int link_id; 3882 }; 3883 3884 /** 3885 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3886 * 3887 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3888 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3889 */ 3890 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3891 u8 dscp; 3892 u8 up; 3893 }; 3894 3895 /** 3896 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3897 * 3898 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3899 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3900 */ 3901 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3902 u8 low; 3903 u8 high; 3904 }; 3905 3906 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3907 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3908 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3909 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3910 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3911 3912 /** 3913 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3914 * 3915 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3916 * 3917 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3918 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3919 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3920 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3921 */ 3922 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3923 u8 num_des; 3924 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3925 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3926 }; 3927 3928 /** 3929 * struct cfg80211_nan_band_config - NAN band specific configuration 3930 * 3931 * @chan: Pointer to the IEEE 802.11 channel structure. The channel to be used 3932 * for NAN operations on this band. For 2.4 GHz band, this is always 3933 * channel 6. For 5 GHz band, the channel is either 44 or 149, according 3934 * to the regulatory constraints. If chan pointer is NULL the entire band 3935 * configuration entry is considered invalid and should not be used. 3936 * @rssi_close: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm 3937 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 3938 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 3939 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should 3940 * be greater than -60 dBm. 3941 * @rssi_middle: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm. 3942 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 3943 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 3944 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should be 3945 * greater than -75 dBm and less than rssi_close. 3946 * @awake_dw_interval: Committed DW interval. Valid values range: 0-5. 0 3947 * indicates no wakeup for DW and can't be used on 2.4GHz band, otherwise 3948 * 2^(n-1). 3949 * @disable_scan: If true, the device will not scan this band for cluster 3950 * merge. Disabling scan on 2.4 GHz band is not allowed. 3951 */ 3952 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config { 3953 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3954 s8 rssi_close; 3955 s8 rssi_middle; 3956 u8 awake_dw_interval; 3957 bool disable_scan; 3958 }; 3959 3960 /** 3961 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3962 * 3963 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3964 * 3965 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3966 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3967 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3968 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3969 * @cluster_id: cluster ID used for NAN synchronization. This is a MAC address 3970 * that can take a value from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. 3971 * If NULL, the device will pick a random Cluster ID. 3972 * @scan_period: period (in seconds) between NAN scans. 3973 * @scan_dwell_time: dwell time (in milliseconds) for NAN scans. 3974 * @discovery_beacon_interval: interval (in TUs) for discovery beacons. 3975 * @enable_dw_notification: flag to enable/disable discovery window 3976 * notifications. 3977 * @band_cfgs: array of band specific configurations, indexed by 3978 * &enum nl80211_band values. 3979 * @extra_nan_attrs: pointer to additional NAN attributes. 3980 * @extra_nan_attrs_len: length of the additional NAN attributes. 3981 * @vendor_elems: pointer to vendor-specific elements. 3982 * @vendor_elems_len: length of the vendor-specific elements. 3983 */ 3984 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3985 u8 master_pref; 3986 u8 bands; 3987 const u8 *cluster_id; 3988 u16 scan_period; 3989 u16 scan_dwell_time; 3990 u8 discovery_beacon_interval; 3991 bool enable_dw_notification; 3992 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config band_cfgs[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3993 const u8 *extra_nan_attrs; 3994 u16 extra_nan_attrs_len; 3995 const u8 *vendor_elems; 3996 u16 vendor_elems_len; 3997 }; 3998 3999 /** 4000 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 4001 * configuration 4002 * 4003 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 4004 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 4005 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG: changed additional configuration. 4006 * When this flag is set, it indicates that some additional attribute(s) 4007 * (other then master_pref and bands) have been changed. In this case, 4008 * all the unchanged attributes will be properly configured to their 4009 * previous values. The driver doesn't need to store any 4010 * previous configuration besides master_pref and bands. 4011 */ 4012 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 4013 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 4014 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 4015 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG = BIT(2), 4016 }; 4017 4018 /** 4019 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 4020 * 4021 * @filter: the content of the filter 4022 * @len: the length of the filter 4023 */ 4024 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 4025 const u8 *filter; 4026 u8 len; 4027 }; 4028 4029 /** 4030 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 4031 * 4032 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 4033 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 4034 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 4035 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 4036 * implementation specific. 4037 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 4038 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 4039 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 4040 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 4041 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 4042 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 4043 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 4044 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 4045 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 4046 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 4047 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 4048 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 4049 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 4050 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 4051 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 4052 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 4053 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 4054 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 4055 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 4056 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 4057 */ 4058 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 4059 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 4060 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 4061 u8 publish_type; 4062 bool close_range; 4063 bool publish_bcast; 4064 bool subscribe_active; 4065 u8 followup_id; 4066 u8 followup_reqid; 4067 struct mac_address followup_dest; 4068 u32 ttl; 4069 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 4070 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 4071 bool srf_include; 4072 const u8 *srf_bf; 4073 u8 srf_bf_len; 4074 u8 srf_bf_idx; 4075 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 4076 int srf_num_macs; 4077 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 4078 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 4079 u8 num_tx_filters; 4080 u8 num_rx_filters; 4081 u8 instance_id; 4082 u64 cookie; 4083 }; 4084 4085 /** 4086 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 4087 * 4088 * @aa: authenticator address 4089 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 4090 * @pmk: the PMK material 4091 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 4092 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 4093 * holds PMK-R0. 4094 */ 4095 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 4096 const u8 *aa; 4097 u8 pmk_len; 4098 const u8 *pmk; 4099 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 4100 }; 4101 4102 /** 4103 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 4104 * 4105 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 4106 * 4107 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 4108 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 4109 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 4110 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 4111 * authentication response command interface. 4112 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 4113 * authentication response command interface. 4114 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 4115 * authentication request event interface. 4116 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 4117 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 4118 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 4119 * response command interface (user space to driver). 4120 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 4121 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 4122 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 4123 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 4124 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 4125 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 4126 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 4127 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 4128 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 4129 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 4130 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 4131 * chosen for the authentication. 4132 */ 4133 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 4134 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 4135 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4136 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 4137 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 4138 u16 status; 4139 const u8 *pmkid; 4140 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4141 }; 4142 4143 /** 4144 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 4145 * 4146 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 4147 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 4148 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 4149 * answered 4150 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 4151 * successfully answered 4152 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 4153 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 4154 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 4155 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 4156 * of how much time the responder was busy 4157 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 4158 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 4159 * the responder 4160 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 4161 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 4162 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 4163 */ 4164 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 4165 u32 filled; 4166 u32 success_num; 4167 u32 partial_num; 4168 u32 failed_num; 4169 u32 asap_num; 4170 u32 non_asap_num; 4171 u64 total_duration_ms; 4172 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 4173 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 4174 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 4175 }; 4176 4177 /** 4178 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 4179 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 4180 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 4181 * reason than just "failure" 4182 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 4183 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 4184 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 4185 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 4186 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 4187 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 4188 * by the responder 4189 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 4190 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 4191 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 4192 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 4193 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 4194 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 4195 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 4196 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4197 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4198 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 4199 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 4200 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 4201 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 4202 * the square root of the variance) 4203 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 4204 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 4205 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 4206 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 4207 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 4208 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 4209 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 4210 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4211 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4212 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4213 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4214 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4215 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4216 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4217 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4218 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4219 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4220 */ 4221 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4222 const u8 *lci; 4223 const u8 *civicloc; 4224 unsigned int lci_len; 4225 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4226 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4227 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4228 s16 burst_index; 4229 u8 busy_retry_time; 4230 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4231 u8 burst_duration; 4232 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4233 s32 rssi_avg; 4234 s32 rssi_spread; 4235 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4236 s64 rtt_avg; 4237 s64 rtt_variance; 4238 s64 rtt_spread; 4239 s64 dist_avg; 4240 s64 dist_variance; 4241 s64 dist_spread; 4242 4243 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4244 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4245 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4246 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4247 tx_rate_valid:1, 4248 rx_rate_valid:1, 4249 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4250 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4251 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4252 dist_avg_valid:1, 4253 dist_variance_valid:1, 4254 dist_spread_valid:1; 4255 }; 4256 4257 /** 4258 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4259 * @addr: address of the peer 4260 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4261 * measurement was made) 4262 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4263 * @status: status of the measurement 4264 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4265 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4266 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4267 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4268 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4269 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4270 * @ftm: FTM result 4271 */ 4272 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4273 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4274 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4275 4276 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4277 4278 u8 final:1, 4279 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4280 4281 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4282 4283 union { 4284 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4285 }; 4286 }; 4287 4288 /** 4289 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4290 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4291 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4292 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4293 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4294 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4295 * @burst_duration: burst duration 4296 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 4297 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4298 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4299 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4300 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4301 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4302 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4303 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4304 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4305 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4306 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4307 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4308 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4309 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4310 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4311 * 4312 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4313 */ 4314 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4315 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4316 u16 burst_period; 4317 u8 requested:1, 4318 asap:1, 4319 request_lci:1, 4320 request_civicloc:1, 4321 trigger_based:1, 4322 non_trigger_based:1, 4323 lmr_feedback:1; 4324 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4325 u8 burst_duration; 4326 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4327 u8 ftmr_retries; 4328 u8 bss_color; 4329 }; 4330 4331 /** 4332 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4333 * @addr: MAC address 4334 * @chandef: channel to use 4335 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4336 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4337 */ 4338 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4339 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4340 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4341 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4342 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4343 }; 4344 4345 /** 4346 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4347 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4348 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4349 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4350 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4351 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4352 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4353 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4354 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4355 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4356 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4357 * zero it means there's no timeout 4358 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4359 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4360 */ 4361 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4362 u64 cookie; 4363 void *drv_data; 4364 u32 n_peers; 4365 u32 nl_portid; 4366 4367 u32 timeout; 4368 4369 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4370 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4371 4372 struct list_head list; 4373 4374 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4375 }; 4376 4377 /** 4378 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4379 * 4380 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4381 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4382 * 4383 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4384 * 4385 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4386 * has to be done. 4387 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4388 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4389 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4390 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4391 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4392 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4393 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4394 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4395 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4396 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4397 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4398 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4399 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4400 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4401 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4402 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4403 */ 4404 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4405 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4406 u16 status; 4407 const u8 *ie; 4408 size_t ie_len; 4409 int assoc_link_id; 4410 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4411 }; 4412 4413 /** 4414 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4415 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4416 * for the entire device 4417 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4418 * for the given interface 4419 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4420 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4421 * for these subtypes 4422 */ 4423 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4424 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4425 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4426 }; 4427 4428 /** 4429 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4430 * 4431 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4432 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4433 * 4434 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4435 * on success or a negative error code. 4436 * 4437 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4438 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4439 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4440 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4441 * 4442 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4443 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4444 * configured for the device. 4445 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4446 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4447 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4448 * the device. 4449 * 4450 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4451 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4452 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4453 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4454 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4455 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4456 * 4457 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4458 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4459 * 4460 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4461 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4462 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4463 * 4464 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4465 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4466 * address is available. 4467 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4468 * 4469 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4470 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4471 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4472 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4473 * 4474 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4475 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4476 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4477 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4478 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4479 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4480 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4481 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4482 * 4483 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4484 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4485 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4486 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4487 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4488 * 4489 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4490 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4491 * 4492 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4493 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4494 * 4495 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4496 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4497 * 4498 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4499 * 4500 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4501 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4502 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4503 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4504 * 4505 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4506 * @del_station: Remove a station 4507 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4508 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4509 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4510 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4511 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4512 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4513 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4514 * 4515 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4516 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4517 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4518 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4519 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4520 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4521 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4522 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4523 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4524 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4525 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4526 * 4527 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4528 * 4529 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4530 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4531 * set, and which to leave alone. 4532 * 4533 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4534 * 4535 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4536 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4537 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4538 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4539 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4540 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4541 * 4542 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4543 * 4544 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4545 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4546 * join the mesh instead. 4547 * 4548 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4549 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4550 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4551 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4552 * 4553 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4554 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4555 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4556 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4557 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4558 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4559 * 4560 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4561 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4562 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4563 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4564 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4565 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4566 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4567 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4568 * 4569 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4570 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4571 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4572 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4573 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4574 * was received. 4575 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4576 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4577 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4578 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4579 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4580 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4581 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4582 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4583 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4584 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4585 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4586 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4587 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4588 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4589 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4590 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4591 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4592 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4593 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4594 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4595 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4596 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4597 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4598 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4599 * 4600 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4601 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4602 * to a merge. 4603 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4604 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4605 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4606 * 4607 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4608 * MESH mode) 4609 * 4610 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4611 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4612 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4613 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4614 * 4615 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4616 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4617 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4618 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4619 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4620 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4621 * return 0 if successful 4622 * 4623 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4624 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4625 * 4626 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4627 * 4628 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4629 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4630 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4631 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4632 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4633 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4634 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4635 * the duration value. 4636 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4637 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4638 * frame on another channel 4639 * 4640 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4641 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4642 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4643 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4644 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4645 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4646 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4647 * 4648 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4649 * 4650 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4651 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4652 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4653 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4654 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4655 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4656 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4657 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4658 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4659 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4660 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4661 * disabled.) 4662 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4663 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4664 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4665 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4666 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4667 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4668 * thresholds. 4669 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4670 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4671 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4672 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4673 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4674 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4675 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4676 * 4677 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4678 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4679 * 4680 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4681 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4682 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4683 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4684 * 4685 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4686 * 4687 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4688 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4689 * 4690 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4691 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4692 * 4693 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4694 * 4695 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4696 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4697 * current monitoring channel. 4698 * 4699 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4700 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4701 * 4702 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4703 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4704 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4705 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4706 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4707 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4708 * 4709 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4710 * 4711 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4712 * was finished on another phy. 4713 * 4714 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4715 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4716 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4717 * 4718 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4719 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4720 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4721 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4722 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4723 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4724 * 4725 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4726 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4727 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4728 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4729 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4730 * as soon as possible. 4731 * 4732 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4733 * 4734 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4735 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4736 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4737 * 4738 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4739 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4740 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4741 * account. 4742 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4743 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4744 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4745 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4746 * rejected) 4747 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4748 * 4749 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4750 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4751 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4752 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4753 * 4754 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4755 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4756 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4757 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4758 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4759 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4760 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4761 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4762 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4763 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4764 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4765 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4766 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4767 * provided @nan_func. 4768 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4769 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4770 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4771 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4772 * 4773 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4774 * 4775 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4776 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4777 * 4778 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4779 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4780 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4781 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4782 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4783 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4784 * 4785 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4786 * user space 4787 * 4788 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4789 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4790 * 4791 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4792 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4793 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4794 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4795 * 4796 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4797 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4798 * DH IE through this interface. 4799 * 4800 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4801 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4802 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4803 * This callback may sleep. 4804 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4805 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4806 * 4807 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4808 * 4809 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4810 * 4811 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4812 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4813 * Response frame. 4814 * 4815 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4816 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4817 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4818 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4819 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4820 * radar channel. 4821 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4822 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4823 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4824 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4825 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4826 * 4827 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4828 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 4829 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 4830 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 4831 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 4832 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 4833 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 4834 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 4835 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 4836 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 4837 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 4838 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 4839 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 4840 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 4841 */ 4842 struct cfg80211_ops { 4843 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4844 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4845 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4846 4847 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4848 const char *name, 4849 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4850 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4851 struct vif_params *params); 4852 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4853 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4854 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4855 struct net_device *dev, 4856 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4857 struct vif_params *params); 4858 4859 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4860 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4861 unsigned int link_id); 4862 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4863 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4864 unsigned int link_id); 4865 4866 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4867 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4868 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4869 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4870 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4871 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4872 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4873 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4874 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4875 const u8 *mac_addr); 4876 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4877 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4878 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4879 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4880 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4881 u8 key_index); 4882 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4883 struct net_device *netdev, 4884 int link_id, 4885 u8 key_index); 4886 4887 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4888 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4889 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4890 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 4891 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4892 unsigned int link_id); 4893 4894 4895 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4896 const u8 *mac, 4897 struct station_parameters *params); 4898 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4899 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4900 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4901 const u8 *mac, 4902 struct station_parameters *params); 4903 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4904 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4905 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4906 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4907 4908 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4909 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4910 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4911 const u8 *dst); 4912 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4913 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4914 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4915 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4916 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4917 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4918 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4919 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4920 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4921 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4922 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4923 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4924 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4925 struct net_device *dev, 4926 struct mesh_config *conf); 4927 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4928 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4929 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4930 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4931 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4932 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4933 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4934 4935 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4936 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4937 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4938 4939 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4940 struct bss_parameters *params); 4941 4942 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4943 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4944 4945 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4946 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4947 4948 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4949 struct net_device *dev, 4950 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4951 4952 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4953 struct net_device *dev, 4954 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4955 4956 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4957 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4958 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4959 4960 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4961 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4962 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4963 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4964 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4965 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4966 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4967 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4968 4969 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4970 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4971 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4972 struct net_device *dev, 4973 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4974 u32 changed); 4975 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4976 u16 reason_code); 4977 4978 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4979 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4980 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4981 4982 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4983 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4984 4985 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4986 u32 changed); 4987 4988 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4989 int radio_idx, 4990 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4991 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4992 int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 4993 4994 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4995 4996 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4997 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4998 void *data, int len); 4999 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 5000 struct netlink_callback *cb, 5001 void *data, int len); 5002 #endif 5003 5004 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5005 struct net_device *dev, 5006 unsigned int link_id, 5007 const u8 *peer, 5008 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 5009 5010 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5011 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 5012 5013 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5014 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5015 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5016 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5017 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 5018 5019 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5020 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5021 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 5022 unsigned int duration, 5023 u64 *cookie); 5024 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5025 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5026 u64 cookie); 5027 5028 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5029 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 5030 u64 *cookie); 5031 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5032 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5033 u64 cookie); 5034 5035 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5036 bool enabled, int timeout); 5037 5038 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5039 struct net_device *dev, 5040 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 5041 5042 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5043 struct net_device *dev, 5044 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 5045 5046 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5047 struct net_device *dev, 5048 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 5049 5050 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5051 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5052 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 5053 5054 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5055 u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 5056 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5057 u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 5058 5059 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5060 struct net_device *dev, 5061 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 5062 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5063 u64 reqid); 5064 5065 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5066 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 5067 5068 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5069 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 5070 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 5071 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 5072 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5073 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5074 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 5075 5076 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5077 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 5078 5079 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5080 struct net_device *dev, 5081 u16 noack_map); 5082 5083 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5084 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5085 unsigned int link_id, 5086 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5087 5088 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5089 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5090 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5091 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5092 5093 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5094 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 5095 5096 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5097 struct net_device *dev, 5098 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5099 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 5100 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5101 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 5102 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5103 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 5104 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5105 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5106 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 5107 u16 duration); 5108 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5109 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5110 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5111 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 5112 5113 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5114 struct net_device *dev, 5115 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 5116 5117 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5118 struct net_device *dev, 5119 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5120 5121 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5122 unsigned int link_id, 5123 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5124 5125 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5126 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 5127 u16 admitted_time); 5128 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5129 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 5130 5131 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5132 struct net_device *dev, 5133 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 5134 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5135 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5136 struct net_device *dev, 5137 const u8 *addr); 5138 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5139 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 5140 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5141 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5142 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 5143 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5144 u64 cookie); 5145 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5146 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5147 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 5148 u32 changes); 5149 5150 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5151 struct net_device *dev, 5152 const bool enabled); 5153 5154 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5155 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5156 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 5157 5158 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5159 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 5160 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5161 const u8 *aa); 5162 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5163 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 5164 5165 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5166 struct net_device *dev, 5167 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5168 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 5169 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 5170 u64 *cookie); 5171 5172 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5173 struct net_device *dev, 5174 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 5175 5176 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5177 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5178 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5179 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5180 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5181 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 5182 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5183 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5184 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5185 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 5186 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5187 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 5188 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5189 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 5190 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5191 struct net_device *dev, 5192 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 5193 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5194 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 5195 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5196 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5197 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5198 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5199 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5200 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5201 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5202 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 5203 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5204 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 5205 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5206 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 5207 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5208 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5209 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 5210 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5211 bool val); 5212 }; 5213 5214 /* 5215 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5216 * and registration/helper functions 5217 */ 5218 5219 /** 5220 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5221 * 5222 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5223 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5224 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5225 * wiphy at all 5226 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5227 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5228 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5229 * reason to override the default 5230 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5231 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5232 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5233 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5234 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5235 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5236 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5237 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5238 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5239 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5240 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5241 * firmware. 5242 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5243 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5244 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5245 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5246 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5247 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5248 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5249 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5250 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5251 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5252 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5253 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5254 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5255 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5256 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5257 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 5258 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5259 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5260 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5261 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5262 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5263 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5264 * should set this flag for now. 5265 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5266 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5267 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5268 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5269 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5270 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5271 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5272 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5273 */ 5274 enum wiphy_flags { 5275 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5276 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5277 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5278 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5279 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5280 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5281 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5282 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5283 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5284 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5285 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5286 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5287 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5288 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5289 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5290 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5291 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5292 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5293 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5294 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5295 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5296 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5297 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5298 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5299 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5300 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5301 }; 5302 5303 /** 5304 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5305 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5306 * @types: interface types (bits) 5307 */ 5308 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5309 u16 max; 5310 u16 types; 5311 }; 5312 5313 /** 5314 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5315 * 5316 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5317 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5318 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5319 * that radio. 5320 * 5321 * Examples: 5322 * 5323 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5324 * 5325 * .. code-block:: c 5326 * 5327 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5328 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5329 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5330 * }; 5331 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5332 * .limits = limits1, 5333 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5334 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5335 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5336 * }; 5337 * 5338 * 5339 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5340 * 5341 * .. code-block:: c 5342 * 5343 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5344 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5345 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5346 * }; 5347 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5348 * .limits = limits2, 5349 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5350 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5351 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5352 * }; 5353 * 5354 * 5355 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5356 * 5357 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5358 * 5359 * .. code-block:: c 5360 * 5361 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5362 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5363 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5364 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5365 * }; 5366 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5367 * .limits = limits3, 5368 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5369 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5370 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5371 * }; 5372 * 5373 */ 5374 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5375 /** 5376 * @limits: 5377 * limits for the given interface types 5378 */ 5379 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5380 5381 /** 5382 * @num_different_channels: 5383 * can use up to this many different channels 5384 */ 5385 u32 num_different_channels; 5386 5387 /** 5388 * @max_interfaces: 5389 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5390 */ 5391 u16 max_interfaces; 5392 5393 /** 5394 * @n_limits: 5395 * number of limitations 5396 */ 5397 u8 n_limits; 5398 5399 /** 5400 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5401 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5402 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5403 */ 5404 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5405 5406 /** 5407 * @radar_detect_widths: 5408 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5409 */ 5410 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5411 5412 /** 5413 * @radar_detect_regions: 5414 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5415 */ 5416 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5417 5418 /** 5419 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5420 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5421 * 5422 * = 0 5423 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5424 * > 0 5425 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5426 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5427 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5428 */ 5429 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5430 }; 5431 5432 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5433 u16 tx, rx; 5434 }; 5435 5436 /** 5437 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5438 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5439 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5440 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5441 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5442 * packet should be preserved in that case 5443 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5444 * (see nl80211.h) 5445 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5446 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5447 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5448 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5449 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5450 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5451 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5452 */ 5453 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5454 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5455 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5456 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5457 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5458 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5459 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5460 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5461 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5462 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5463 }; 5464 5465 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5466 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5467 u32 data_payload_max; 5468 u32 data_interval_max; 5469 u32 wake_payload_max; 5470 bool seq; 5471 }; 5472 5473 /** 5474 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5475 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5476 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5477 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5478 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5479 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5480 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5481 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5482 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5483 * scheduled scans. 5484 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5485 * details. 5486 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5487 */ 5488 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5489 u32 flags; 5490 int n_patterns; 5491 int pattern_max_len; 5492 int pattern_min_len; 5493 int max_pkt_offset; 5494 int max_nd_match_sets; 5495 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5496 }; 5497 5498 /** 5499 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5500 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5501 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5502 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5503 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5504 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5505 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5506 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5507 */ 5508 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5509 int n_rules; 5510 int max_delay; 5511 int n_patterns; 5512 int pattern_max_len; 5513 int pattern_min_len; 5514 int max_pkt_offset; 5515 }; 5516 5517 /** 5518 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5519 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5520 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5521 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5522 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5523 */ 5524 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5525 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5526 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5527 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5528 }; 5529 5530 /** 5531 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5532 * 5533 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5534 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5535 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5536 * 5537 */ 5538 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5539 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5540 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5541 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5542 }; 5543 5544 /** 5545 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5546 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5547 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5548 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5549 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5550 */ 5551 5552 struct sta_opmode_info { 5553 u32 changed; 5554 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5555 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5556 u8 rx_nss; 5557 }; 5558 5559 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5560 5561 /** 5562 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5563 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5564 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5565 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5566 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5567 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5568 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5569 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5570 * dumpit calls. 5571 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5572 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5573 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5574 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5575 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5576 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5577 * are used with dump requests. 5578 */ 5579 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5580 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5581 u32 flags; 5582 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5583 const void *data, int data_len); 5584 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5585 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5586 unsigned long *storage); 5587 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5588 unsigned int maxattr; 5589 }; 5590 5591 /** 5592 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5593 * @iftype: interface type 5594 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5595 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5596 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5597 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5598 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5599 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5600 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5601 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5602 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5603 */ 5604 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5605 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5606 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5607 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5608 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5609 u16 eml_capabilities; 5610 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5611 }; 5612 5613 /** 5614 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5615 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5616 * @type: the interface type to look up 5617 * 5618 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 5619 */ 5620 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5621 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5622 5623 /** 5624 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5625 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5626 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5627 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5628 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5629 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5630 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5631 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5632 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5633 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5634 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5635 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5636 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5637 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5638 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5639 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5640 * not limited) 5641 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5642 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5643 */ 5644 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5645 unsigned int max_peers; 5646 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5647 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5648 5649 struct { 5650 u32 preambles; 5651 u32 bandwidths; 5652 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5653 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5654 u8 supported:1, 5655 asap:1, 5656 non_asap:1, 5657 request_lci:1, 5658 request_civicloc:1, 5659 trigger_based:1, 5660 non_trigger_based:1; 5661 } ftm; 5662 }; 5663 5664 /** 5665 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5666 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5667 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5668 * 5669 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5670 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5671 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5672 */ 5673 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5674 u16 iftypes_mask; 5675 const u32 *akm_suites; 5676 int n_akm_suites; 5677 }; 5678 5679 /** 5680 * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy 5681 * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a 5682 * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. 5683 * 5684 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); 5685 * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled 5686 */ 5687 struct wiphy_radio_cfg { 5688 u32 rts_threshold; 5689 }; 5690 5691 /** 5692 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 5693 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 5694 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 5695 */ 5696 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 5697 u32 start_freq; 5698 u32 end_freq; 5699 }; 5700 5701 5702 /** 5703 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 5704 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 5705 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 5706 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 5707 * 5708 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 5709 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 5710 * 5711 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5712 * list single interface types. 5713 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5714 * 5715 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 5716 */ 5717 struct wiphy_radio { 5718 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 5719 int n_freq_range; 5720 5721 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5722 int n_iface_combinations; 5723 5724 u32 antenna_mask; 5725 }; 5726 5727 /** 5728 * enum wiphy_nan_flags - NAN capabilities 5729 * 5730 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Device supports NAN configurable 5731 * synchronization. 5732 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE: Device doesn't support DE offload. 5733 */ 5734 enum wiphy_nan_flags { 5735 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC = BIT(0), 5736 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE = BIT(1), 5737 }; 5738 5739 /** 5740 * struct wiphy_nan_capa - NAN capabilities 5741 * 5742 * This structure describes the NAN capabilities of a wiphy. 5743 * 5744 * @flags: NAN capabilities flags, see &enum wiphy_nan_flags 5745 * @op_mode: NAN operation mode, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification 5746 * Table 81. 5747 * @n_antennas: number of antennas supported by the device for Tx/Rx. Lower 5748 * nibble indicates the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the 5749 * number of RX antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not 5750 * available. 5751 * @max_channel_switch_time: maximum channel switch time in milliseconds. 5752 * @dev_capabilities: NAN device capabilities as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 5753 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 5754 */ 5755 struct wiphy_nan_capa { 5756 u32 flags; 5757 u8 op_mode; 5758 u8 n_antennas; 5759 u16 max_channel_switch_time; 5760 u8 dev_capabilities; 5761 }; 5762 5763 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5764 5765 /** 5766 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5767 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5768 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5769 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5770 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5771 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5772 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5773 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5774 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5775 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5776 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5777 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5778 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5779 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5780 * iftype_akm_suites. 5781 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5782 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5783 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5784 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5785 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5786 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5787 * suites are specified separately. 5788 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5789 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5790 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5791 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5792 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5793 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5794 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5795 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5796 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5797 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5798 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5799 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5800 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5801 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5802 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5803 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5804 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5805 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5806 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5807 * unregister hardware 5808 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5809 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5810 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5811 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5812 * (see below). 5813 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5814 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5815 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5816 * must be set by driver 5817 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5818 * list single interface types. 5819 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5820 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5821 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5822 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5823 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5824 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5825 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5826 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5827 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5828 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5829 * this variable determines its size 5830 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5831 * any given scan 5832 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5833 * the device can run concurrently. 5834 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5835 * for in any given scheduled scan 5836 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5837 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5838 * supported. 5839 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5840 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5841 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5842 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5843 * scans 5844 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5845 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5846 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5847 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5848 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5849 * scan plan supported by the device. 5850 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5851 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5852 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5853 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5854 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5855 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5856 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5857 * 5858 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5859 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5860 * type 5861 * 5862 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5863 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5864 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5865 * 5866 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5867 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5868 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5869 * 5870 * @probe_resp_offload: 5871 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5872 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5873 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5874 * 5875 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5876 * may request, if implemented. 5877 * 5878 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5879 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5880 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5881 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5882 * 5883 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5884 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5885 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5886 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5887 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5888 * 5889 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5890 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5891 * 5892 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5893 * supports for ACL. 5894 * 5895 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5896 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5897 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5898 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5899 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5900 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5901 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5902 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5903 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5904 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5905 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5906 * capabilities are specified separately. 5907 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5908 * 5909 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5910 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5911 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5912 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5913 * 5914 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5915 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5916 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5917 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5918 * 5919 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5920 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5921 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5922 * infinite. 5923 * @bss_param_support: bitmask indicating which bss_parameters as defined in 5924 * &struct bss_parameters the driver can actually handle in the 5925 * .change_bss() callback. The bit positions are defined in &enum 5926 * wiphy_bss_param_flags. 5927 * 5928 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5929 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5930 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5931 * 5932 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5933 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5934 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5935 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5936 * @nan_capa: NAN capabilities 5937 * 5938 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5939 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5940 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5941 * 5942 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5943 * wake_tx_queue 5944 * 5945 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5946 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5947 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5948 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5949 * 5950 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5951 * 5952 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5953 * device has 5954 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5955 * supported by the driver for each vif 5956 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5957 * supported by the driver for each peer 5958 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5959 * long/short retry configuration 5960 * 5961 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5962 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5963 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5964 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5965 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5966 * 5967 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5968 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5969 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5970 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5971 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5972 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5973 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5974 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5975 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5976 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5977 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5978 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5979 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5980 * 5981 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5982 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5983 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5984 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5985 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5986 * specify a mac address). 5987 * 5988 * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This 5989 * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be 5990 * used only for multi-radio wiphy. 5991 * 5992 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 5993 * @n_radio: number of radios 5994 */ 5995 struct wiphy { 5996 struct mutex mtx; 5997 5998 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5999 6000 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 6001 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 6002 6003 struct mac_address *addresses; 6004 6005 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 6006 6007 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 6008 int n_iface_combinations; 6009 u16 software_iftypes; 6010 6011 u16 n_addresses; 6012 6013 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 6014 u16 interface_modes; 6015 6016 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 6017 6018 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 6019 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 6020 6021 u32 ap_sme_capa; 6022 6023 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 6024 6025 int bss_priv_size; 6026 u8 max_scan_ssids; 6027 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 6028 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 6029 u8 max_match_sets; 6030 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 6031 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 6032 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 6033 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 6034 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 6035 6036 int n_cipher_suites; 6037 const u32 *cipher_suites; 6038 6039 int n_akm_suites; 6040 const u32 *akm_suites; 6041 6042 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 6043 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 6044 6045 u8 retry_short; 6046 u8 retry_long; 6047 u32 frag_threshold; 6048 u32 rts_threshold; 6049 u8 coverage_class; 6050 6051 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 6052 u32 hw_version; 6053 6054 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 6055 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 6056 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 6057 #endif 6058 6059 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 6060 6061 u8 max_num_pmkids; 6062 6063 u32 available_antennas_tx; 6064 u32 available_antennas_rx; 6065 6066 u32 probe_resp_offload; 6067 6068 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 6069 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 6070 6071 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 6072 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 6073 6074 const void *privid; 6075 6076 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 6077 6078 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6079 struct regulatory_request *request); 6080 6081 struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; 6082 6083 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 6084 6085 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 6086 6087 struct device dev; 6088 6089 bool registered; 6090 6091 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 6092 6093 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 6094 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 6095 6096 struct list_head wdev_list; 6097 6098 possible_net_t _net; 6099 6100 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6101 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 6102 #endif 6103 6104 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 6105 6106 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 6107 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 6108 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 6109 6110 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 6111 6112 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 6113 6114 u32 bss_param_support; 6115 u32 bss_select_support; 6116 6117 u8 nan_supported_bands; 6118 struct wiphy_nan_capa nan_capa; 6119 6120 u32 txq_limit; 6121 u32 txq_memory_limit; 6122 u32 txq_quantum; 6123 6124 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 6125 6126 u8 support_mbssid:1, 6127 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 6128 6129 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 6130 6131 struct { 6132 u64 peer, vif; 6133 u8 max_retry; 6134 } tid_config_support; 6135 6136 u8 max_data_retry_count; 6137 6138 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 6139 6140 struct rfkill *rfkill; 6141 6142 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 6143 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 6144 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 6145 6146 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 6147 6148 int n_radio; 6149 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 6150 6151 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 6152 }; 6153 6154 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6155 { 6156 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 6157 } 6158 6159 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 6160 { 6161 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 6162 } 6163 6164 /** 6165 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 6166 * 6167 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 6168 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 6169 */ 6170 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6171 { 6172 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 6173 return &wiphy->priv; 6174 } 6175 6176 /** 6177 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 6178 * 6179 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 6180 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 6181 */ 6182 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 6183 { 6184 BUG_ON(!priv); 6185 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 6186 } 6187 6188 /** 6189 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 6190 * 6191 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 6192 * @dev: The device to parent it to 6193 */ 6194 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 6195 { 6196 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 6197 } 6198 6199 /** 6200 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 6201 * 6202 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 6203 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 6204 */ 6205 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6206 { 6207 return wiphy->dev.parent; 6208 } 6209 6210 /** 6211 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 6212 * 6213 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 6214 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 6215 */ 6216 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 6217 { 6218 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 6219 } 6220 6221 /** 6222 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6223 * 6224 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6225 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6226 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 6227 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 6228 * 6229 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6230 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6231 * 6232 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6233 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6234 */ 6235 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 6236 const char *requested_name); 6237 6238 /** 6239 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6240 * 6241 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6242 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6243 * 6244 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6245 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6246 * 6247 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6248 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6249 */ 6250 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 6251 int sizeof_priv) 6252 { 6253 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 6254 } 6255 6256 /** 6257 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 6258 * 6259 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 6260 * 6261 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 6262 */ 6263 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6264 6265 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 6266 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 6267 6268 /** 6269 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 6270 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6271 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6272 * 6273 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 6274 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 6275 */ 6276 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6277 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6278 6279 /** 6280 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6281 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6282 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6283 * 6284 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6285 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6286 */ 6287 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6288 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6289 6290 /** 6291 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6292 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6293 * 6294 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6295 * 6296 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6297 */ 6298 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6299 6300 /** 6301 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6302 * 6303 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6304 * 6305 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6306 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6307 * request that is being handled. 6308 */ 6309 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6310 6311 /** 6312 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6313 * 6314 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6315 */ 6316 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6317 6318 /* internal structs */ 6319 struct cfg80211_conn; 6320 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6321 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6322 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6323 6324 /** 6325 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6326 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6327 * 6328 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6329 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6330 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6331 * differentiate which way it's called. 6332 * 6333 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6334 * 6335 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6336 * 6337 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6338 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6339 */ 6340 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6341 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6342 { 6343 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6344 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6345 } 6346 6347 /** 6348 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6349 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6350 */ 6351 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6352 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6353 { 6354 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6355 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6356 } 6357 6358 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6359 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6360 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6361 6362 struct wiphy_work; 6363 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6364 6365 struct wiphy_work { 6366 struct list_head entry; 6367 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6368 }; 6369 6370 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6371 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6372 { 6373 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6374 work->func = func; 6375 } 6376 6377 /** 6378 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6379 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6380 * @work: the work item 6381 * 6382 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6383 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6384 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6385 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6386 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6387 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6388 */ 6389 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6390 6391 /** 6392 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6393 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6394 * @work: the work to cancel 6395 * 6396 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6397 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6398 */ 6399 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6400 6401 /** 6402 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6403 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6404 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6405 * 6406 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6407 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6408 */ 6409 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6410 6411 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6412 struct wiphy_work work; 6413 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6414 struct timer_list timer; 6415 }; 6416 6417 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6418 6419 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6420 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6421 { 6422 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6423 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6424 } 6425 6426 /** 6427 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6428 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6429 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6430 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6431 * 6432 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6433 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6434 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6435 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6436 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6437 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6438 */ 6439 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6440 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6441 unsigned long delay); 6442 6443 /** 6444 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6445 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6446 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6447 * 6448 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6449 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6450 */ 6451 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6452 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6453 6454 /** 6455 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6456 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6457 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6458 * 6459 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6460 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6461 */ 6462 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6463 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6464 6465 /** 6466 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6467 * work item is currently pending. 6468 * 6469 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6470 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 6471 * 6472 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6473 * 6474 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 6475 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 6476 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 6477 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 6478 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 6479 * won't run before that. 6480 * 6481 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 6482 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 6483 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 6484 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 6485 * is currently executing. 6486 * 6487 * CPU0 CPU1 6488 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 6489 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 6490 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 6491 * 6492 * [...] 6493 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 6494 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 6495 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 6496 * wk->timer->function() | 6497 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 6498 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 6499 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 6500 * | been run yet 6501 * [...] | 6502 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 6503 * wk->func() V 6504 * 6505 */ 6506 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6507 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6508 6509 /** 6510 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 6511 * 6512 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 6513 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 6514 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 6515 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 6516 */ 6517 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 6518 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 6519 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 6520 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 6521 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 6522 }; 6523 6524 /** 6525 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 6526 * 6527 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 6528 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 6529 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 6530 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 6531 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 6532 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 6533 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 6534 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 6535 * 6536 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 6537 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 6538 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 6539 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 6540 * 6541 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 6542 * @iftype: interface type 6543 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 6544 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 6545 * for the notifier 6546 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 6547 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 6548 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 6549 * wireless device if it has no netdev 6550 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 6551 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 6552 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 6553 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 6554 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 6555 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 6556 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 6557 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 6558 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 6559 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 6560 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 6561 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 6562 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 6563 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 6564 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 6565 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 6566 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 6567 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 6568 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 6569 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 6570 * need to propagate the update to the driver 6571 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 6572 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 6573 * the P2P Device. 6574 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 6575 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6576 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6577 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6578 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6579 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6580 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6581 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6582 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6583 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6584 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6585 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6586 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6587 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6588 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 6589 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6590 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6591 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6592 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6593 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6594 * unprotected beacon report 6595 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6596 * @ap and @client for each link 6597 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 6598 * started 6599 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 6600 * entered. 6601 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 6602 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6603 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 6604 */ 6605 struct wireless_dev { 6606 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6607 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6608 6609 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6610 struct list_head list; 6611 struct net_device *netdev; 6612 6613 u32 identifier; 6614 6615 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6616 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6617 6618 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6619 6620 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6621 6622 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6623 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6624 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6625 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6626 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6627 6628 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6629 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6630 6631 struct list_head event_list; 6632 spinlock_t event_lock; 6633 6634 u8 connected:1; 6635 6636 bool ps; 6637 int ps_timeout; 6638 6639 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6640 6641 u32 owner_nlportid; 6642 bool nl_owner_dead; 6643 6644 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6645 /* wext data */ 6646 struct { 6647 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6648 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6649 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6650 const u8 *ie; 6651 size_t ie_len; 6652 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6653 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6654 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6655 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6656 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6657 } wext; 6658 #endif 6659 6660 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 6661 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 6662 6663 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6664 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6665 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6666 6667 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6668 6669 union { 6670 struct { 6671 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6672 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6673 u8 ssid_len; 6674 } client; 6675 struct { 6676 int beacon_interval; 6677 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6678 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6679 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 6680 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6681 } mesh; 6682 struct { 6683 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6684 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6685 u8 ssid_len; 6686 } ap; 6687 struct { 6688 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6689 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6690 int beacon_interval; 6691 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6692 u8 ssid_len; 6693 } ibss; 6694 struct { 6695 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6696 } ocb; 6697 struct { 6698 u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6699 } nan; 6700 } u; 6701 6702 struct { 6703 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6704 union { 6705 struct { 6706 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6707 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6708 } ap; 6709 struct { 6710 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6711 } client; 6712 }; 6713 6714 bool cac_started; 6715 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6716 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6717 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6718 u16 valid_links; 6719 6720 u32 radio_mask; 6721 }; 6722 6723 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6724 { 6725 if (wdev->netdev) 6726 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6727 return wdev->address; 6728 } 6729 6730 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6731 { 6732 if (wdev->netdev) 6733 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6734 return wdev->is_running; 6735 } 6736 6737 /** 6738 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6739 * 6740 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6741 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6742 */ 6743 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6744 { 6745 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6746 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6747 } 6748 6749 /** 6750 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6751 * @wdev: the wdev 6752 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6753 * 6754 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6755 */ 6756 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6757 unsigned int link_id); 6758 6759 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6760 unsigned int link_id) 6761 { 6762 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6763 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6764 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6765 } 6766 6767 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6768 for (link_id = 0; \ 6769 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6770 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6771 link_id++) \ 6772 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6773 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6774 6775 /** 6776 * DOC: Utility functions 6777 * 6778 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6779 */ 6780 6781 /** 6782 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6783 * 6784 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6785 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6786 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6787 */ 6788 static inline bool 6789 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6790 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6791 { 6792 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6793 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6794 } 6795 6796 /** 6797 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6798 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6799 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6800 */ 6801 static inline u32 6802 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6803 { 6804 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6805 } 6806 6807 /** 6808 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6809 * @chan: channel number 6810 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6811 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6812 */ 6813 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6814 6815 /** 6816 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6817 * @chan: channel number 6818 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6819 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6820 */ 6821 static inline int 6822 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6823 { 6824 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6825 } 6826 6827 /** 6828 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6829 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6830 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6831 */ 6832 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6833 6834 /** 6835 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6836 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6837 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6838 */ 6839 static inline int 6840 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6841 { 6842 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6843 } 6844 6845 /** 6846 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6847 * frequency 6848 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6849 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6850 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6851 */ 6852 struct ieee80211_channel * 6853 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6854 6855 /** 6856 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6857 * 6858 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6859 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6860 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6861 */ 6862 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6863 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6864 { 6865 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6866 } 6867 6868 /** 6869 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6870 * @chan: control channel to check 6871 * 6872 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6873 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6874 * 6875 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 6876 */ 6877 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6878 { 6879 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6880 return false; 6881 6882 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6883 } 6884 6885 /** 6886 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 6887 * 6888 * @radio: wiphy radio 6889 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 6890 * 6891 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 6892 */ 6893 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 6894 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6895 6896 /** 6897 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 6898 * 6899 * @wdev: the wireless device 6900 * @chan: channel to check 6901 * 6902 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 6903 */ 6904 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6905 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6906 6907 /** 6908 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6909 * 6910 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6911 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6912 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6913 * 6914 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6915 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6916 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6917 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6918 */ 6919 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6920 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6921 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6922 6923 /** 6924 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6925 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6926 * 6927 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 6928 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6929 */ 6930 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 6931 6932 /* 6933 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6934 * 6935 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6936 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6937 */ 6938 6939 struct radiotap_align_size { 6940 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6941 }; 6942 6943 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6944 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6945 int n_bits; 6946 uint32_t oui; 6947 uint8_t subns; 6948 }; 6949 6950 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6951 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6952 int n_ns; 6953 }; 6954 6955 /** 6956 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6957 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6958 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6959 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6960 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6961 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6962 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6963 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6964 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6965 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6966 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6967 * radiotap namespace or not 6968 * 6969 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6970 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6971 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6972 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6973 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6974 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6975 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6976 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6977 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6978 * next bitmap word 6979 * 6980 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6981 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6982 */ 6983 6984 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6985 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6986 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6987 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6988 6989 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6990 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6991 6992 unsigned char *this_arg; 6993 int this_arg_index; 6994 int this_arg_size; 6995 6996 int is_radiotap_ns; 6997 6998 int _max_length; 6999 int _arg_index; 7000 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 7001 int _reset_on_ext; 7002 }; 7003 7004 int 7005 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 7006 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 7007 int max_length, 7008 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 7009 7010 int 7011 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 7012 7013 7014 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 7015 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 7016 7017 /** 7018 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 7019 * 7020 * @skb: the frame 7021 * 7022 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 7023 * returns the 802.11 header length. 7024 * 7025 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 7026 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 7027 * 802.11 header. 7028 */ 7029 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 7030 7031 /** 7032 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 7033 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 7034 * Return: The header length in bytes. 7035 */ 7036 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 7037 7038 /** 7039 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 7040 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 7041 * (first byte) will be accessed 7042 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 7043 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 7044 */ 7045 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 7046 7047 /** 7048 * DOC: Data path helpers 7049 * 7050 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 7051 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 7052 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 7053 */ 7054 7055 /** 7056 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7057 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7058 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 7059 * of it being pushed into the SKB 7060 * @addr: the device MAC address 7061 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7062 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 7063 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 7064 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7065 */ 7066 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 7067 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7068 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 7069 7070 /** 7071 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7072 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7073 * @addr: the device MAC address 7074 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7075 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7076 */ 7077 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 7078 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 7079 { 7080 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 7081 } 7082 7083 /** 7084 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 7085 * 7086 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 7087 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 7088 * mesh control field. 7089 * 7090 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7091 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 7092 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 7093 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7094 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7095 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 7096 */ 7097 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 7098 7099 /** 7100 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 7101 * 7102 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 7103 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 7104 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 7105 * 7106 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7107 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 7108 * initialized by the caller. 7109 * @addr: The device MAC address. 7110 * @iftype: The device interface type. 7111 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 7112 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7113 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7114 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 7115 */ 7116 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 7117 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7118 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 7119 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 7120 u8 mesh_control); 7121 7122 /** 7123 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 7124 * 7125 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 7126 * protocol. 7127 * 7128 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 7129 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 7130 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 7131 */ 7132 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 7133 7134 /** 7135 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 7136 * 7137 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 7138 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 7139 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 7140 * 7141 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 7142 * 7143 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7144 */ 7145 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 7146 7147 /** 7148 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 7149 * @skb: the data frame 7150 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 7151 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 7152 */ 7153 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 7154 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 7155 7156 /** 7157 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 7158 * 7159 * @eid: element ID 7160 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7161 * @len: length of data 7162 * @match: byte array to match 7163 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7164 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 7165 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 7166 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 7167 * the data portion instead. 7168 * 7169 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7170 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7171 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7172 * requested element struct. 7173 * 7174 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7175 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7176 * byte array to match. 7177 */ 7178 const struct element * 7179 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7180 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7181 unsigned int match_offset); 7182 7183 /** 7184 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 7185 * 7186 * @eid: element ID 7187 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7188 * @len: length of data 7189 * @match: byte array to match 7190 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7191 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 7192 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 7193 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 7194 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 7195 * the second byte is the IE length. 7196 * 7197 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7198 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7199 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 7200 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7201 * element ID. 7202 * 7203 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7204 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7205 * byte array to match. 7206 */ 7207 static inline const u8 * 7208 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7209 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7210 unsigned int match_offset) 7211 { 7212 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 7213 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 7214 */ 7215 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 7216 (!match_len && match_offset))) 7217 return NULL; 7218 7219 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 7220 match, match_len, 7221 match_offset ? 7222 match_offset - 2 : 0); 7223 } 7224 7225 /** 7226 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 7227 * 7228 * @eid: element ID 7229 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7230 * @len: length of data 7231 * 7232 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7233 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7234 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7235 * requested element struct. 7236 * 7237 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7238 * having to fit into the given data. 7239 */ 7240 static inline const struct element * 7241 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7242 { 7243 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7244 } 7245 7246 /** 7247 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 7248 * 7249 * @eid: element ID 7250 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7251 * @len: length of data 7252 * 7253 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7254 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7255 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7256 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7257 * 7258 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7259 * having to fit into the given data. 7260 */ 7261 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7262 { 7263 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7264 } 7265 7266 /** 7267 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 7268 * 7269 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7270 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7271 * @len: length of data 7272 * 7273 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7274 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7275 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7276 * requested element struct. 7277 * 7278 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7279 * having to fit into the given data. 7280 */ 7281 static inline const struct element * 7282 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7283 { 7284 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7285 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7286 } 7287 7288 /** 7289 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7290 * 7291 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7292 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7293 * @len: length of data 7294 * 7295 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7296 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7297 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7298 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7299 * 7300 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7301 * having to fit into the given data. 7302 */ 7303 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7304 { 7305 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7306 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7307 } 7308 7309 /** 7310 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7311 * 7312 * @oui: vendor OUI 7313 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7314 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7315 * @len: length of data 7316 * 7317 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7318 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7319 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7320 * 7321 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7322 * the given data. 7323 */ 7324 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7325 const u8 *ies, 7326 unsigned int len); 7327 7328 /** 7329 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7330 * 7331 * @oui: vendor OUI 7332 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7333 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7334 * @len: length of data 7335 * 7336 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7337 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7338 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7339 * element ID. 7340 * 7341 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7342 * the given data. 7343 */ 7344 static inline const u8 * 7345 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7346 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7347 { 7348 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7349 } 7350 7351 /** 7352 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7353 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7354 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7355 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7356 */ 7357 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7358 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7359 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7360 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7361 }; 7362 7363 /** 7364 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7365 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7366 * their entries in 7367 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7368 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7369 * for the return value 7370 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7371 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7372 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7373 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7374 * or elements were malformed.) 7375 */ 7376 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7377 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7378 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7379 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7380 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 7381 void *iter_data); 7382 7383 /** 7384 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 7385 * 7386 * @elem: the element to defragment 7387 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 7388 * @ieslen: length of @ies 7389 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 7390 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 7391 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 7392 * 7393 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 7394 * 7395 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 7396 * skipping all headers. 7397 * 7398 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 7399 * element in-place. 7400 */ 7401 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 7402 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 7403 u8 frag_id); 7404 7405 /** 7406 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 7407 * 7408 * @dev: network device 7409 * @addr: STA MAC address 7410 * 7411 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 7412 * devices upon STA association. 7413 */ 7414 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7415 7416 /** 7417 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 7418 * 7419 * TODO 7420 */ 7421 7422 /** 7423 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 7424 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 7425 * conflicts) 7426 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 7427 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 7428 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 7429 * alpha2. 7430 * 7431 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 7432 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 7433 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 7434 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 7435 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 7436 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 7437 * 7438 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 7439 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 7440 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 7441 * 7442 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7443 * an -ENOMEM. 7444 * 7445 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 7446 */ 7447 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 7448 7449 /** 7450 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 7451 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7452 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7453 * 7454 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 7455 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 7456 * information. 7457 * 7458 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7459 */ 7460 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7461 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7462 7463 /** 7464 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 7465 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7466 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7467 * 7468 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 7469 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 7470 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 7471 * 7472 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7473 */ 7474 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7475 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7476 7477 /** 7478 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 7479 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7480 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 7481 * 7482 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 7483 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 7484 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 7485 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 7486 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 7487 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 7488 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 7489 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 7490 * that called this helper. 7491 */ 7492 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7493 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 7494 7495 /** 7496 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 7497 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 7498 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 7499 * 7500 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 7501 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 7502 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 7503 * and processed already. 7504 * 7505 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 7506 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 7507 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 7508 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 7509 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 7510 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 7511 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 7512 */ 7513 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7514 u32 center_freq); 7515 7516 /** 7517 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 7518 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 7519 * 7520 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 7521 * proper string representation. 7522 * 7523 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 7524 */ 7525 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 7526 7527 /** 7528 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 7529 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 7530 * 7531 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 7532 * 7533 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 7534 */ 7535 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7536 7537 /** 7538 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 7539 * 7540 */ 7541 7542 /** 7543 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 7544 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 7545 * 7546 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 7547 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 7548 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 7549 * 7550 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 7551 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 7552 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 7553 * 7554 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7555 * an -ENODATA. 7556 * 7557 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 7558 */ 7559 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 7560 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 7561 7562 /* 7563 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 7564 * functions and BSS handling helpers 7565 */ 7566 7567 /** 7568 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 7569 * 7570 * @request: the corresponding scan request 7571 * @info: information about the completed scan 7572 */ 7573 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 7574 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 7575 7576 /** 7577 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 7578 * 7579 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 7580 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7581 */ 7582 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7583 7584 /** 7585 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7586 * 7587 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7588 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7589 * 7590 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7591 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7592 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7593 */ 7594 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7595 7596 /** 7597 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7598 * 7599 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7600 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7601 * 7602 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7603 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7604 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7605 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 7606 */ 7607 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7608 7609 /** 7610 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 7611 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7612 * @data: the BSS metadata 7613 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 7614 * @len: length of the management frame 7615 * @gfp: context flags 7616 * 7617 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7618 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7619 * 7620 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7621 * Or %NULL on error. 7622 */ 7623 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7624 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7625 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7626 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7627 gfp_t gfp); 7628 7629 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7630 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7631 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7632 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7633 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7634 { 7635 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7636 .chan = rx_channel, 7637 .signal = signal, 7638 }; 7639 7640 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7641 } 7642 7643 /** 7644 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7645 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7646 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7647 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7648 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7649 */ 7650 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7651 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7652 { 7653 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7654 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7655 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7656 7657 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7658 7659 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7660 7661 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7662 } 7663 7664 /** 7665 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7666 * @element: element to check 7667 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7668 * 7669 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 7670 */ 7671 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7672 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7673 7674 /** 7675 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7676 * @ie: ies 7677 * @ielen: length of IEs 7678 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7679 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7680 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7681 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7682 * 7683 * Return: the number of bytes merged 7684 */ 7685 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7686 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7687 const struct element *sub_elem, 7688 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7689 7690 /** 7691 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7692 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7693 * from a beacon or probe response 7694 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7695 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7696 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 7697 */ 7698 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7699 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7700 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7701 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7702 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 7703 }; 7704 7705 /** 7706 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7707 * @ie: IEs 7708 * @ielen: length of IEs 7709 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7710 * 7711 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7712 */ 7713 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7714 enum nl80211_band band); 7715 7716 /** 7717 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 7718 * @a: first SSID 7719 * @b: second SSID 7720 * 7721 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 7722 */ 7723 static inline bool 7724 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 7725 { 7726 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 7727 return false; 7728 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 7729 return false; 7730 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 7731 } 7732 7733 /** 7734 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7735 * 7736 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7737 * @data: the BSS metadata 7738 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7739 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7740 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7741 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7742 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7743 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7744 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7745 * @gfp: context flags 7746 * 7747 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7748 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7749 * 7750 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7751 * Or %NULL on error. 7752 */ 7753 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7754 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7755 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7756 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7757 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7758 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7759 gfp_t gfp); 7760 7761 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7762 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7763 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7764 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7765 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7766 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7767 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7768 { 7769 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7770 .chan = rx_channel, 7771 .signal = signal, 7772 }; 7773 7774 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7775 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7776 gfp); 7777 } 7778 7779 /** 7780 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7781 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7782 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7783 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7784 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7785 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7786 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7787 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7788 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 7789 * 7790 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7791 */ 7792 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7793 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7794 const u8 *bssid, 7795 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7796 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7797 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 7798 u32 use_for); 7799 7800 /** 7801 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7802 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7803 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7804 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7805 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7806 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7807 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7808 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7809 * 7810 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 7811 * 7812 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7813 */ 7814 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7815 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7816 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7817 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7818 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 7819 { 7820 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 7821 bss_type, privacy, 7822 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 7823 } 7824 7825 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7826 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7827 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7828 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7829 { 7830 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7831 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7832 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7833 } 7834 7835 /** 7836 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7837 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7838 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7839 * 7840 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7841 */ 7842 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7843 7844 /** 7845 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7846 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7847 * @bss: the BSS struct 7848 * 7849 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7850 */ 7851 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7852 7853 /** 7854 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7855 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7856 * @bss: the bss to remove 7857 * 7858 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7859 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7860 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7861 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7862 */ 7863 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7864 7865 /** 7866 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7867 * 7868 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7869 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7870 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7871 * 7872 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7873 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7874 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7875 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7876 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7877 */ 7878 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7879 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7880 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7881 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7882 void *data), 7883 void *iter_data); 7884 7885 /** 7886 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7887 * @dev: network device 7888 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7889 * @len: length of the frame data 7890 * 7891 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7892 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7893 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7894 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7895 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7896 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7897 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7898 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7899 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7900 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7901 * 7902 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7903 */ 7904 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7905 7906 /** 7907 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7908 * @dev: network device 7909 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7910 * 7911 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7912 * mutex. 7913 */ 7914 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7915 7916 /** 7917 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 7918 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7919 * @len: length of the frame data 7920 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7921 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7922 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7923 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7924 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7925 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7926 * non-MLO connections 7927 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 7928 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7929 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7930 * were rejected by the AP. 7931 */ 7932 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 7933 const u8 *buf; 7934 size_t len; 7935 const u8 *req_ies; 7936 size_t req_ies_len; 7937 int uapsd_queues; 7938 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7939 struct { 7940 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7941 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7942 u16 status; 7943 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7944 }; 7945 7946 /** 7947 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7948 * @dev: network device 7949 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 7950 * 7951 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7952 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7953 * 7954 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7955 */ 7956 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7957 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 7958 7959 /** 7960 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7961 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7962 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7963 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7964 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7965 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7966 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7967 */ 7968 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7969 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7970 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7971 bool timeout; 7972 }; 7973 7974 /** 7975 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7976 * @dev: network device 7977 * @data: data describing the association failure 7978 * 7979 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7980 */ 7981 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7982 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7983 7984 /** 7985 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7986 * @dev: network device 7987 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7988 * @len: length of the frame data 7989 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7990 * 7991 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7992 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7993 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7994 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7995 */ 7996 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7997 bool reconnect); 7998 7999 /** 8000 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 8001 * @dev: network device 8002 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 8003 * @len: length of the frame data 8004 * 8005 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 8006 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 8007 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 8008 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 8009 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 8010 * 8011 * This function may sleep. 8012 */ 8013 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 8014 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 8015 8016 /** 8017 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 8018 * @dev: network device 8019 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 8020 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 8021 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 8022 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 8023 * @gfp: allocation flags 8024 * 8025 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 8026 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 8027 * primitive. 8028 */ 8029 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8030 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 8031 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 8032 8033 /** 8034 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 8035 * 8036 * @dev: network device 8037 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 8038 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 8039 * @gfp: allocation flags 8040 * 8041 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 8042 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 8043 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 8044 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 8045 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 8046 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 8047 */ 8048 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8049 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 8050 8051 /** 8052 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 8053 * candidate 8054 * 8055 * @dev: network device 8056 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 8057 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 8058 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 8059 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 8060 * @gfp: allocation flags 8061 * 8062 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 8063 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 8064 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 8065 */ 8066 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 8067 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 8068 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 8069 8070 /** 8071 * DOC: RFkill integration 8072 * 8073 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 8074 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 8075 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 8076 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 8077 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 8078 * 8079 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 8080 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 8081 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 8082 */ 8083 8084 /** 8085 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 8086 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8087 * @blocked: block status 8088 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 8089 */ 8090 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 8091 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 8092 8093 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 8094 { 8095 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 8096 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 8097 } 8098 8099 /** 8100 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 8101 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8102 */ 8103 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8104 8105 /** 8106 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 8107 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8108 */ 8109 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 8110 { 8111 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 8112 } 8113 8114 /** 8115 * DOC: Vendor commands 8116 * 8117 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 8118 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 8119 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 8120 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 8121 * the configuration mechanism. 8122 * 8123 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 8124 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 8125 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 8126 * 8127 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 8128 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 8129 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 8130 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 8131 * managers etc. need. 8132 */ 8133 8134 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8135 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8136 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8137 int approxlen); 8138 8139 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8140 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8141 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8142 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8143 unsigned int portid, 8144 int vendor_event_idx, 8145 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 8146 8147 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 8148 8149 /** 8150 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 8151 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8152 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8153 * be put into the skb 8154 * 8155 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8156 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8157 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 8158 * 8159 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 8160 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8161 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8162 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8163 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8164 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 8165 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 8166 * 8167 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 8168 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 8169 * 8170 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8171 */ 8172 static inline struct sk_buff * 8173 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8174 { 8175 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8176 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 8177 } 8178 8179 /** 8180 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 8181 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8182 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 8183 * 8184 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8185 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 8186 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 8187 * skb regardless of the return value. 8188 * 8189 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8190 */ 8191 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 8192 8193 /** 8194 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 8195 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8196 * 8197 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 8198 * 8199 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 8200 */ 8201 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8202 8203 /** 8204 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 8205 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8206 * @wdev: the wireless device 8207 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8208 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8209 * be put into the skb 8210 * @gfp: allocation flags 8211 * 8212 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8213 * vendor-specific multicast group. 8214 * 8215 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8216 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8217 * attribute. 8218 * 8219 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8220 * skb to send the event. 8221 * 8222 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8223 */ 8224 static inline struct sk_buff * 8225 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8226 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8227 { 8228 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8229 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8230 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8231 } 8232 8233 /** 8234 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 8235 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8236 * @wdev: the wireless device 8237 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8238 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 8239 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8240 * be put into the skb 8241 * @gfp: allocation flags 8242 * 8243 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 8244 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 8245 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 8246 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 8247 * 8248 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8249 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8250 * attribute. 8251 * 8252 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8253 * skb to send the event. 8254 * 8255 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8256 */ 8257 static inline struct sk_buff * 8258 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8259 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8260 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 8261 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8262 { 8263 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8264 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8265 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8266 } 8267 8268 /** 8269 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8270 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8271 * @gfp: allocation flags 8272 * 8273 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8274 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8275 */ 8276 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8277 { 8278 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8279 } 8280 8281 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8282 /** 8283 * DOC: Test mode 8284 * 8285 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8286 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8287 * factory programming. 8288 * 8289 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8290 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8291 */ 8292 8293 /** 8294 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8295 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8296 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8297 * be put into the skb 8298 * 8299 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8300 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8301 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8302 * 8303 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8304 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8305 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8306 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8307 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8308 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8309 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8310 * 8311 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8312 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8313 * 8314 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8315 */ 8316 static inline struct sk_buff * 8317 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8318 { 8319 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8320 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8321 } 8322 8323 /** 8324 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8325 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8326 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8327 * 8328 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8329 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8330 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8331 * regardless of the return value. 8332 * 8333 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8334 */ 8335 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8336 { 8337 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8338 } 8339 8340 /** 8341 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8342 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8343 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8344 * be put into the skb 8345 * @gfp: allocation flags 8346 * 8347 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8348 * testmode multicast group. 8349 * 8350 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8351 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8352 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8353 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8354 * in any other way. 8355 * 8356 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8357 * skb to send the event. 8358 * 8359 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8360 */ 8361 static inline struct sk_buff * 8362 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8363 { 8364 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8365 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8366 approxlen, gfp); 8367 } 8368 8369 /** 8370 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8371 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8372 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8373 * @gfp: allocation flags 8374 * 8375 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8376 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8377 * consumes it. 8378 */ 8379 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8380 { 8381 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8382 } 8383 8384 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 8385 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 8386 #else 8387 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 8388 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 8389 #endif 8390 8391 /** 8392 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 8393 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 8394 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 8395 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 8396 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 8397 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 8398 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 8399 * status for a FILS connection. 8400 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8401 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 8402 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 8403 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8404 */ 8405 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 8406 const u8 *kek; 8407 size_t kek_len; 8408 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 8409 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 8410 const u8 *pmk; 8411 size_t pmk_len; 8412 const u8 *pmkid; 8413 }; 8414 8415 /** 8416 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 8417 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8418 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8419 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8420 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8421 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8422 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8423 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8424 * case. 8425 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 8426 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 8427 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8428 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 8429 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 8430 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8431 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8432 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8433 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8434 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8435 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8436 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 8437 * zero. 8438 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8439 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 8440 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 8441 * connected AP info. 8442 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 8443 * %NULL. 8444 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 8445 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 8446 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 8447 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 8448 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 8449 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 8450 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 8451 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 8452 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 8453 * to be specified. 8454 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 8455 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 8456 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 8457 */ 8458 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 8459 int status; 8460 const u8 *req_ie; 8461 size_t req_ie_len; 8462 const u8 *resp_ie; 8463 size_t resp_ie_len; 8464 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8465 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 8466 8467 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8468 u16 valid_links; 8469 struct { 8470 const u8 *addr; 8471 const u8 *bssid; 8472 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8473 u16 status; 8474 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8475 }; 8476 8477 /** 8478 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8479 * 8480 * @dev: network device 8481 * @params: connection response parameters 8482 * @gfp: allocation flags 8483 * 8484 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8485 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8486 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 8487 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 8488 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 8489 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8490 */ 8491 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 8492 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 8493 gfp_t gfp); 8494 8495 /** 8496 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8497 * 8498 * @dev: network device 8499 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8500 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 8501 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 8502 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 8503 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 8504 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 8505 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 8506 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8507 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8508 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8509 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8510 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8511 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8512 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8513 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8514 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8515 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8516 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8517 * case. 8518 * @gfp: allocation flags 8519 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8520 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8521 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8522 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8523 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8524 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8525 * 8526 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8527 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8528 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 8529 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 8530 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8531 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8532 */ 8533 static inline void 8534 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8535 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 8536 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 8537 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 8538 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8539 { 8540 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 8541 8542 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 8543 params.status = status; 8544 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 8545 params.links[0].bss = bss; 8546 params.req_ie = req_ie; 8547 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 8548 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 8549 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 8550 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 8551 8552 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 8553 } 8554 8555 /** 8556 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8557 * 8558 * @dev: network device 8559 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8560 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8561 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8562 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8563 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8564 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8565 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8566 * the real status code for failures. 8567 * @gfp: allocation flags 8568 * 8569 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8570 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8571 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 8572 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8573 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8574 */ 8575 static inline void 8576 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8577 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 8578 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 8579 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 8580 { 8581 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 8582 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 8583 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 8584 } 8585 8586 /** 8587 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 8588 * 8589 * @dev: network device 8590 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8591 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8592 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8593 * @gfp: allocation flags 8594 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 8595 * 8596 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 8597 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 8598 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 8599 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 8600 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 8601 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8602 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8603 */ 8604 static inline void 8605 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8606 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 8607 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8608 { 8609 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 8610 gfp, timeout_reason); 8611 } 8612 8613 /** 8614 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 8615 * 8616 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8617 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8618 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8619 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8620 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 8621 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 8622 * Otherwise zero. 8623 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8624 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 8625 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 8626 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 8627 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 8628 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 8629 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 8630 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 8631 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 8632 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 8633 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 8634 */ 8635 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 8636 const u8 *req_ie; 8637 size_t req_ie_len; 8638 const u8 *resp_ie; 8639 size_t resp_ie_len; 8640 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8641 8642 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8643 u16 valid_links; 8644 struct { 8645 const u8 *addr; 8646 const u8 *bssid; 8647 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8648 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8649 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8650 }; 8651 8652 /** 8653 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8654 * 8655 * @dev: network device 8656 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8657 * @gfp: allocation flags 8658 * 8659 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8660 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8661 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8662 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8663 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8664 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8665 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8666 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8667 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8668 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8669 */ 8670 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8671 gfp_t gfp); 8672 8673 /** 8674 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8675 * 8676 * @dev: network device 8677 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 8678 * in case of AP/P2P GO 8679 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8680 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8681 * @gfp: allocation flags 8682 * 8683 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8684 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8685 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8686 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8687 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8688 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8689 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 8690 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 8691 * associated STA/GC. 8692 */ 8693 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 8694 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8695 8696 /** 8697 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8698 * 8699 * @dev: network device 8700 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8701 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8702 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8703 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8704 * @gfp: allocation flags 8705 * 8706 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8707 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8708 */ 8709 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8710 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8711 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8712 8713 /** 8714 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8715 * @wdev: wireless device 8716 * @cookie: the request cookie 8717 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8718 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8719 * channel 8720 * @gfp: allocation flags 8721 */ 8722 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8723 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8724 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8725 8726 /** 8727 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8728 * @wdev: wireless device 8729 * @cookie: the request cookie 8730 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8731 * @gfp: allocation flags 8732 */ 8733 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8734 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8735 gfp_t gfp); 8736 8737 /** 8738 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8739 * @wdev: wireless device 8740 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8741 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8742 * @gfp: allocation flags 8743 */ 8744 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8745 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8746 8747 /** 8748 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8749 * 8750 * @sinfo: the station information 8751 * @gfp: allocation flags 8752 * 8753 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8754 */ 8755 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8756 8757 /** 8758 * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8759 * 8760 * @link_sinfo: the link station information 8761 * @gfp: allocation flags 8762 * 8763 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8764 */ 8765 int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, 8766 gfp_t gfp); 8767 8768 /** 8769 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8770 * @sinfo: the station information 8771 * 8772 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8773 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8774 * the stack.) 8775 */ 8776 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8777 { 8778 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8779 8780 for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { 8781 if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { 8782 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); 8783 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); 8784 } 8785 } 8786 } 8787 8788 /** 8789 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8790 * 8791 * @dev: the netdev 8792 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8793 * @sinfo: the station information 8794 * @gfp: allocation flags 8795 */ 8796 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8797 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8798 8799 /** 8800 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8801 * @dev: the netdev 8802 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8803 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8804 * @gfp: allocation flags 8805 */ 8806 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8807 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8808 8809 /** 8810 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8811 * 8812 * @dev: the netdev 8813 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8814 * @gfp: allocation flags 8815 */ 8816 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8817 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8818 { 8819 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8820 } 8821 8822 /** 8823 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8824 * 8825 * @dev: the netdev 8826 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8827 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8828 * @gfp: allocation flags 8829 * 8830 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8831 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8832 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8833 * 8834 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8835 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8836 */ 8837 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8838 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8839 gfp_t gfp); 8840 8841 /** 8842 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8843 * 8844 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8845 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8846 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8847 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8848 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8849 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8850 * @len: length of the frame data 8851 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8852 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8853 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8854 */ 8855 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8856 int freq; 8857 int sig_dbm; 8858 bool have_link_id; 8859 u8 link_id; 8860 const u8 *buf; 8861 size_t len; 8862 u32 flags; 8863 u64 rx_tstamp; 8864 u64 ack_tstamp; 8865 }; 8866 8867 /** 8868 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8869 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8870 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8871 * 8872 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8873 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8874 * 8875 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8876 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8877 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8878 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8879 */ 8880 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8881 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8882 8883 /** 8884 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8885 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8886 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8887 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8888 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8889 * @len: length of the frame data 8890 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8891 * 8892 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8893 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8894 * 8895 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8896 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8897 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8898 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8899 */ 8900 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8901 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8902 u32 flags) 8903 { 8904 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8905 .freq = freq, 8906 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8907 .buf = buf, 8908 .len = len, 8909 .flags = flags 8910 }; 8911 8912 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8913 } 8914 8915 /** 8916 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8917 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8918 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8919 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8920 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8921 * @len: length of the frame data 8922 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8923 * 8924 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8925 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8926 * 8927 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8928 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8929 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8930 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8931 */ 8932 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8933 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8934 u32 flags) 8935 { 8936 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8937 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8938 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8939 .buf = buf, 8940 .len = len, 8941 .flags = flags 8942 }; 8943 8944 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8945 } 8946 8947 /** 8948 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8949 * 8950 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8951 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8952 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8953 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8954 * @len: length of the frame data 8955 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8956 */ 8957 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8958 u64 cookie; 8959 u64 tx_tstamp; 8960 u64 ack_tstamp; 8961 const u8 *buf; 8962 size_t len; 8963 bool ack; 8964 }; 8965 8966 /** 8967 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8968 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8969 * @status: TX status data 8970 * @gfp: context flags 8971 * 8972 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8973 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8974 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8975 */ 8976 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8977 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8978 8979 /** 8980 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8981 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8982 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8983 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8984 * @len: length of the frame data 8985 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8986 * @gfp: context flags 8987 * 8988 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8989 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8990 * transmission attempt. 8991 */ 8992 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8993 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8994 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8995 { 8996 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8997 .cookie = cookie, 8998 .buf = buf, 8999 .len = len, 9000 .ack = ack 9001 }; 9002 9003 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 9004 } 9005 9006 /** 9007 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 9008 * port frames 9009 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9010 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 9011 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 9012 * @len: length of the frame data 9013 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9014 * @gfp: context flags 9015 * 9016 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 9017 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 9018 * the transmission attempt. 9019 */ 9020 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9021 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 9022 gfp_t gfp); 9023 9024 /** 9025 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 9026 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9027 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 9028 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 9029 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 9030 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 9031 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 9032 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 9033 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9034 * 9035 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 9036 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 9037 * control port frames over nl80211. 9038 * 9039 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 9040 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 9041 * 9042 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 9043 */ 9044 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 9045 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 9046 9047 /** 9048 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 9049 * @dev: network device 9050 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 9051 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 9052 * @gfp: context flags 9053 * 9054 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 9055 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 9056 */ 9057 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9058 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 9059 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 9060 9061 /** 9062 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 9063 * @dev: network device 9064 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9065 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 9066 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 9067 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 9068 * @gfp: context flags 9069 */ 9070 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9071 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 9072 9073 /** 9074 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 9075 * @dev: network device 9076 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9077 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 9078 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 9079 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 9080 * @gfp: context flags 9081 * 9082 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 9083 * given interval is exceeded. 9084 */ 9085 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9086 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 9087 9088 /** 9089 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 9090 * @dev: network device 9091 * @gfp: context flags 9092 * 9093 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 9094 */ 9095 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 9096 9097 /** 9098 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 9099 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9100 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9101 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 9102 * @gfp: context flags 9103 * 9104 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 9105 */ 9106 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9107 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9108 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 9109 9110 static inline void 9111 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9112 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9113 gfp_t gfp) 9114 { 9115 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 9116 } 9117 9118 static inline void 9119 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9120 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9121 gfp_t gfp) 9122 { 9123 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 9124 } 9125 9126 /** 9127 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 9128 * @dev: network device 9129 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 9130 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 9131 * @gfp: context flags 9132 * 9133 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 9134 * frame. 9135 */ 9136 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 9137 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 9138 gfp_t gfp); 9139 9140 /** 9141 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 9142 * @netdev: network device 9143 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9144 * @event: type of event 9145 * @gfp: context flags 9146 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 9147 * 9148 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 9149 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 9150 * also by full-MAC drivers. 9151 */ 9152 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9153 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9154 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 9155 unsigned int link_id); 9156 9157 /** 9158 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 9159 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9160 * 9161 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 9162 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 9163 */ 9164 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9165 9166 /** 9167 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 9168 * @dev: network device 9169 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 9170 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 9171 * @gfp: allocation flags 9172 */ 9173 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9174 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 9175 9176 /** 9177 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 9178 * @dev: network device 9179 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 9180 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 9181 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 9182 * @gfp: allocation flags 9183 */ 9184 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 9185 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 9186 9187 /** 9188 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 9189 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9190 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9191 * @addr: the transmitter address 9192 * @gfp: context flags 9193 * 9194 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9195 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 9196 * sender. 9197 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9198 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9199 */ 9200 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9201 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9202 9203 /** 9204 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 9205 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9206 * @addr: the transmitter address 9207 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9208 * @gfp: context flags 9209 * 9210 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9211 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 9212 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 9213 * station to avoid event flooding. 9214 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9215 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9216 */ 9217 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9218 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9219 9220 /** 9221 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 9222 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 9223 * @addr: the address of the peer 9224 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 9225 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 9226 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 9227 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 9228 * @gfp: allocation flags 9229 */ 9230 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9231 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 9232 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 9233 9234 /** 9235 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 9236 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9237 * @frame: the frame 9238 * @len: length of the frame 9239 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 9240 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9241 * 9242 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9243 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9244 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9245 */ 9246 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 9247 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 9248 9249 /** 9250 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 9251 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9252 * @frame: the frame 9253 * @len: length of the frame 9254 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 9255 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9256 * 9257 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9258 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9259 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9260 */ 9261 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9262 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 9263 int freq, int sig_dbm) 9264 { 9265 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9266 sig_dbm); 9267 } 9268 9269 /** 9270 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 9271 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 9272 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 9273 * interface connected already on the same channel) 9274 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 9275 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 9276 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 9277 */ 9278 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 9279 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 9280 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 9281 bool relax; 9282 }; 9283 9284 /** 9285 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 9286 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9287 * @chandef: the channel definition 9288 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 9289 * 9290 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9291 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9292 */ 9293 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9294 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9295 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9296 9297 /** 9298 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9299 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9300 * @chandef: the channel definition 9301 * @iftype: interface type 9302 * 9303 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9304 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9305 */ 9306 static inline bool 9307 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9308 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9309 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9310 { 9311 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9312 .iftype = iftype, 9313 }; 9314 9315 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9316 } 9317 9318 /** 9319 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9320 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9321 * @chandef: the channel definition 9322 * @iftype: interface type 9323 * 9324 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9325 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9326 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9327 * more permissive conditions. 9328 * 9329 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9330 */ 9331 static inline bool 9332 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9333 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9334 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9335 { 9336 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9337 .iftype = iftype, 9338 .relax = true, 9339 }; 9340 9341 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9342 } 9343 9344 /** 9345 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9346 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9347 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9348 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9349 * 9350 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9351 * driver context! 9352 */ 9353 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9354 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9355 unsigned int link_id); 9356 9357 /** 9358 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9359 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9360 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9361 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9362 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9363 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9364 * 9365 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9366 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9367 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9368 */ 9369 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9370 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9371 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9372 bool quiet); 9373 9374 /** 9375 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 9376 * 9377 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9378 * @band: band pointer to fill 9379 * 9380 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9381 */ 9382 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 9383 enum nl80211_band *band); 9384 9385 /** 9386 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 9387 * 9388 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9389 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 9390 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 9391 * 9392 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9393 */ 9394 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 9395 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9396 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9397 9398 /** 9399 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 9400 * 9401 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9402 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 9403 * 9404 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9405 */ 9406 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9407 u8 *op_class); 9408 9409 /** 9410 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 9411 * 9412 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9413 * 9414 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 9415 */ 9416 static inline u32 9417 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 9418 { 9419 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 9420 } 9421 9422 /** 9423 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 9424 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 9425 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 9426 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 9427 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 9428 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 9429 * @gfp: allocation flags 9430 * 9431 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 9432 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 9433 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 9434 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 9435 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 9436 */ 9437 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9438 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 9439 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 9440 9441 /** 9442 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 9443 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 9444 * 9445 * Return: calculated bitrate 9446 */ 9447 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 9448 9449 /** 9450 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 9451 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 9452 * 9453 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 9454 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 9455 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 9456 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 9457 * is unbound from the driver. 9458 * 9459 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9460 */ 9461 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9462 9463 /** 9464 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 9465 * @dev: the netdev to register 9466 * 9467 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9468 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 9469 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 9470 * instead as well. 9471 * 9472 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9473 * 9474 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9475 */ 9476 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 9477 9478 /** 9479 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 9480 * @dev: the netdev to register 9481 * 9482 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9483 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 9484 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 9485 * usable instead as well. 9486 * 9487 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9488 */ 9489 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 9490 { 9491 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 9492 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 9493 #endif 9494 } 9495 9496 /** 9497 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 9498 * @ies: FT IEs 9499 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 9500 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 9501 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 9502 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 9503 */ 9504 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 9505 const u8 *ies; 9506 size_t ies_len; 9507 const u8 *target_ap; 9508 const u8 *ric_ies; 9509 size_t ric_ies_len; 9510 }; 9511 9512 /** 9513 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 9514 * @netdev: network device 9515 * @ft_event: IE information 9516 */ 9517 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9518 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 9519 9520 /** 9521 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 9522 * @ies: the input IE buffer 9523 * @len: the input length 9524 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 9525 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 9526 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 9527 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 9528 * 9529 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 9530 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 9531 * 9532 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 9533 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 9534 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 9535 */ 9536 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 9537 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 9538 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 9539 9540 /** 9541 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 9542 * @ies: the IE buffer 9543 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9544 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9545 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9546 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9547 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9548 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 9549 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 9550 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9551 * 9552 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9553 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9554 * split. 9555 * 9556 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9557 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9558 * 9559 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9560 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9561 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9562 * 9563 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9564 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9565 * used. 9566 */ 9567 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9568 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 9569 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 9570 size_t offset); 9571 9572 /** 9573 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 9574 * @ies: the IE buffer 9575 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9576 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9577 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9578 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9579 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9580 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9581 * 9582 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9583 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9584 * split. 9585 * 9586 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9587 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9588 * 9589 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9590 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9591 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9592 * 9593 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9594 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9595 * used. 9596 */ 9597 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9598 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 9599 { 9600 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 9601 } 9602 9603 /** 9604 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 9605 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 9606 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 9607 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 9608 * 9609 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 9610 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 9611 * accordingly. 9612 */ 9613 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 9614 9615 /** 9616 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 9617 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 9618 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 9619 * @gfp: allocation flags 9620 * 9621 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 9622 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 9623 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 9624 * else caused the wakeup. 9625 */ 9626 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9627 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 9628 gfp_t gfp); 9629 9630 /** 9631 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 9632 * 9633 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 9634 * @gfp: allocation flags 9635 * 9636 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 9637 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 9638 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 9639 */ 9640 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 9641 9642 /** 9643 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 9644 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9645 * 9646 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 9647 */ 9648 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9649 9650 /** 9651 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 9652 * 9653 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9654 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9655 * 9656 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 9657 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 9658 * the interface combinations. 9659 * 9660 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 9661 */ 9662 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9663 struct iface_combination_params *params); 9664 9665 /** 9666 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 9667 * 9668 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9669 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9670 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 9671 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 9672 * 9673 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 9674 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 9675 * purposes. 9676 * 9677 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9678 */ 9679 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9680 struct iface_combination_params *params, 9681 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 9682 void *data), 9683 void *data); 9684 /** 9685 * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel 9686 * 9687 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9688 * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required 9689 * 9690 * Return: radio index on success or -EINVAL otherwise 9691 */ 9692 int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9693 const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 9694 9695 9696 /** 9697 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 9698 * 9699 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9700 * @wdev: wireless device 9701 * @gfp: context flags 9702 * 9703 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 9704 * disconnected. 9705 * 9706 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 9707 */ 9708 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9709 gfp_t gfp); 9710 9711 /** 9712 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 9713 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 9714 * 9715 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 9716 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 9717 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 9718 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 9719 * 9720 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 9721 * the driver while the function is running. 9722 */ 9723 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9724 9725 /** 9726 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 9727 * 9728 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9729 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9730 * 9731 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9732 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9733 */ 9734 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9735 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9736 { 9737 u8 *ft_byte; 9738 9739 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9740 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 9741 } 9742 9743 /** 9744 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 9745 * 9746 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9747 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9748 * 9749 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9750 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9751 * 9752 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 9753 */ 9754 static inline bool 9755 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9756 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9757 { 9758 u8 ft_byte; 9759 9760 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9761 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9762 } 9763 9764 /** 9765 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9766 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9767 * 9768 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9769 */ 9770 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9771 9772 /** 9773 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9774 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9775 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9776 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9777 * result. 9778 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9779 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9780 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9781 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9782 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9783 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9784 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9785 */ 9786 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9787 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9788 u8 inst_id; 9789 u8 peer_inst_id; 9790 const u8 *addr; 9791 u8 info_len; 9792 const u8 *info; 9793 u64 cookie; 9794 }; 9795 9796 /** 9797 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9798 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9799 * @match: match notification parameters 9800 * @gfp: allocation flags 9801 * 9802 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9803 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9804 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9805 */ 9806 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9807 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9808 9809 /** 9810 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9811 * 9812 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9813 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9814 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9815 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9816 * @gfp: allocation flags 9817 * 9818 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9819 */ 9820 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9821 u8 inst_id, 9822 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9823 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9824 9825 /* ethtool helper */ 9826 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9827 9828 /** 9829 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9830 * @netdev: network device 9831 * @params: External authentication parameters 9832 * @gfp: allocation flags 9833 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9834 */ 9835 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9836 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9837 gfp_t gfp); 9838 9839 /** 9840 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9841 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9842 * @req: the original measurement request 9843 * @result: the result data 9844 * @gfp: allocation flags 9845 */ 9846 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9847 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9848 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9849 gfp_t gfp); 9850 9851 /** 9852 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9853 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9854 * @req: the original measurement request 9855 * @gfp: allocation flags 9856 * 9857 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9858 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9859 */ 9860 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9861 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9862 gfp_t gfp); 9863 9864 /** 9865 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9866 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9867 * @iftype: interface type 9868 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9869 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9870 * 9871 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9872 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9873 * check_swif is '1'. 9874 * 9875 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 9876 */ 9877 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9878 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9879 9880 9881 /** 9882 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9883 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 9884 * @netdev: network device 9885 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 9886 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9887 * 9888 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9889 */ 9890 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9891 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9892 9893 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9894 9895 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9896 9897 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9898 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9899 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9900 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9901 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9902 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9903 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9904 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9905 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9906 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9907 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9908 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9909 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9910 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9911 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9912 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9913 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9914 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9915 9916 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9917 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9918 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9919 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9920 9921 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9922 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9923 9924 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9925 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9926 9927 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9928 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9929 #else 9930 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9931 ({ \ 9932 if (0) \ 9933 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9934 0; \ 9935 }) 9936 #endif 9937 9938 /* 9939 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9940 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9941 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9942 */ 9943 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9944 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9945 9946 /** 9947 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9948 * @netdev: network device 9949 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9950 * @gfp: allocation flags 9951 */ 9952 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9953 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9954 gfp_t gfp); 9955 9956 /** 9957 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9958 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9959 */ 9960 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9961 9962 /** 9963 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9964 * @dev: network device 9965 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9966 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9967 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9968 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9969 * 9970 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9971 */ 9972 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9973 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9974 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 9975 9976 /** 9977 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9978 * @dev: network device 9979 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9980 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9981 * 9982 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9983 */ 9984 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9985 u64 color_bitmap, 9986 u8 link_id) 9987 { 9988 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9989 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 9990 } 9991 9992 /** 9993 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9994 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9995 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9996 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9997 * 9998 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9999 * 10000 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10001 */ 10002 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10003 u8 count, u8 link_id) 10004 { 10005 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 10006 count, 0, link_id); 10007 } 10008 10009 /** 10010 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 10011 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10012 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10013 * 10014 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 10015 * 10016 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10017 */ 10018 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10019 u8 link_id) 10020 { 10021 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 10022 0, 0, link_id); 10023 } 10024 10025 /** 10026 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 10027 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 10028 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10029 * 10030 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 10031 * 10032 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10033 */ 10034 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10035 u8 link_id) 10036 { 10037 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 10038 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 10039 0, 0, link_id); 10040 } 10041 10042 /** 10043 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 10044 * @dev: network device. 10045 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 10046 * 10047 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 10048 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 10049 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 10050 * case disconnect instead. 10051 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 10052 */ 10053 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 10054 10055 /** 10056 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 10057 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 10058 * @len: length of the frame data 10059 * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by 10060 * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request 10061 * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests 10062 * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to 10063 * driver. 10064 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 10065 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 10066 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 10067 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 10068 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 10069 * 10070 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 10071 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 10072 */ 10073 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 10074 const u8 *buf; 10075 size_t len; 10076 bool driver_initiated; 10077 u16 added_links; 10078 struct { 10079 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 10080 u8 *addr; 10081 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 10082 }; 10083 10084 /** 10085 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 10086 * @dev: network device. 10087 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 10088 * 10089 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 10090 * request to add links to the association is done. 10091 */ 10092 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 10093 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 10094 10095 /** 10096 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 10097 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 10098 * 10099 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 10100 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 10101 * hold anymore. 10102 */ 10103 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 10104 10105 /** 10106 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 10107 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 10108 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 10109 */ 10110 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 10111 10112 /** 10113 * cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif - Notify about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW) 10114 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10115 * @chan: DW channel (6, 44 or 149) 10116 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10117 */ 10118 void cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10119 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 10120 10121 /** 10122 * cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined - Notify about NAN cluster join 10123 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10124 * @cluster_id: Cluster ID of the NAN cluster that was joined or started 10125 * @new_cluster: Indicates if this is a new cluster or an existing one 10126 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10127 * 10128 * This function is used to notify user space when a NAN cluster has been 10129 * joined, providing the cluster ID and a flag whether it is a new cluster. 10130 */ 10131 void cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10132 const u8 *cluster_id, bool new_cluster, 10133 gfp_t gfp); 10134 10135 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 10136 /** 10137 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 10138 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10139 * @file: the file being read 10140 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 10141 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10142 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 10143 * @count: read count 10144 * @ppos: read position 10145 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10146 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 10147 * 10148 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 10149 */ 10150 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10151 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10152 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10153 loff_t *ppos, 10154 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10155 struct file *file, 10156 char *buf, 10157 size_t bufsize, 10158 void *data), 10159 void *data); 10160 10161 /** 10162 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 10163 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10164 * @file: the file being written to 10165 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 10166 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10167 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 10168 * @count: read count 10169 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10170 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 10171 * 10172 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 10173 */ 10174 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10175 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10176 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10177 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10178 struct file *file, 10179 char *buf, 10180 size_t count, 10181 void *data), 10182 void *data); 10183 #endif 10184 10185 /** 10186 * cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz - get S1G chandef start frequency 10187 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10188 * 10189 * Return: the chandefs starting frequency in KHz 10190 */ 10191 static inline u32 10192 cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10193 { 10194 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10195 u32 center_khz = 10196 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10197 return center_khz - bw_mhz * 500 + 500; 10198 } 10199 10200 /** 10201 * cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz - get S1G chandef end frequency 10202 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10203 * 10204 * Return: the chandefs ending frequency in KHz 10205 */ 10206 static inline u32 10207 cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10208 { 10209 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10210 u32 center_khz = 10211 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10212 return center_khz + bw_mhz * 500 - 500; 10213 } 10214 10215 /** 10216 * cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling - retrieve the sibling 1MHz subchannel 10217 * for an S1G chandef using a 2MHz primary channel. 10218 * @wiphy: wiphy the channel belongs to 10219 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10220 * 10221 * When chandef::s1g_primary_2mhz is set to true, we are operating on a 2MHz 10222 * primary channel. The 1MHz subchannel designated by the primary channel 10223 * location exists within chandef::chan, whilst the 'sibling' is denoted as 10224 * being the other 1MHz subchannel that make up the 2MHz primary channel. 10225 * 10226 * Returns: the sibling 1MHz &struct ieee80211_channel, or %NULL on failure. 10227 */ 10228 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 10229 cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10230 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10231 { 10232 int width_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10233 u32 pri_1mhz_khz, sibling_1mhz_khz, op_low_1mhz_khz, pri_index; 10234 10235 if (!chandef->s1g_primary_2mhz || width_mhz < 2) 10236 return NULL; 10237 10238 pri_1mhz_khz = ieee80211_channel_to_khz(chandef->chan); 10239 op_low_1mhz_khz = cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(chandef); 10240 10241 /* 10242 * Compute the index of the primary 1 MHz subchannel within the 10243 * operating channel, relative to the lowest 1 MHz center frequency. 10244 * Flip the least significant bit to select the even/odd sibling, 10245 * then translate that index back into a channel frequency. 10246 */ 10247 pri_index = (pri_1mhz_khz - op_low_1mhz_khz) / 1000; 10248 sibling_1mhz_khz = op_low_1mhz_khz + ((pri_index ^ 1) * 1000); 10249 10250 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, sibling_1mhz_khz); 10251 } 10252 10253 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 10254